Home

Verdi CMS Version 3.2 - User Guide v1

1. Website Homepage 4 Select where you want your site shortcut to link from the following options a Select a Page select from this option if you want to link to a page within your site b Select a Content Pool Item select this option to link directly to a content pool item c Select a Feature select this option to link to an available feature e g Sitemap 5 Using the Category drop down menu select a location for your shortcut Options available a Selecting Text Link in some cases Utility Link will place the shortcut into the header section of all pages b Selecting Quick Links will place the shortcut in a drop menu selecting Footer Links will place the shortcut into the footer section of all the pages Selecting an existing category or adding a new category in the text box will place the shortcut in the drop down menu ap 6 Enter an Shortcut Title of your choice for the shortcut in the text box for display in the Site Shortcuts drop down menu if you wish to display something other than the Tier Element name 7 Using the Order drop down menu button select the order of the shortcuts links only applicable if you have more than one shortcut 8 Shortcut icon Mouse Over Shortcut Icon and Label Shortcut Icon are optional functions that enable you to upload and use your preferred icons Support for icons needs to be plugged in to Verdi before this functionality can be used if this functionality is disab
2. ADMINISTRATO WRITER from Workflow A LIVE to site available Workflow processes Creates Assigns to Content Item Workflow Content not approved l l ag i 7 Workflow C l 7 4 l ge l Denies l l l r AT L L L Workflow Users aeew w 7 7 Repeat for multipl pateng tems ti Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 193 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Date October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly The Advanced Workflow Process The flowchart below in diagram 1 shows more detail on how the generic workflow process works and begins in the Orange middle row first box titled Create Content Note that the design of each Advanced Workflow will be pre determined for your website and this is represented by the bottom blue row So this blue row represents one workflow activity of which there may be many interlinked and requiring different groups of workflow users to be involved at various stages as in diagram 2 which shows an example workflow process Advanced Workflow gt Example Diagram 1 Workflow Result Approved or Denied Workflow item content item or content group is Auto Select workflow o System auto selects workflow approved or denied based on workflow 3 decision System sends Content Editor notification email of resul
3. ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin Dent 4 El Title test Version 1 Note that the Status Flag colour denotes the following Yellow Awaiting Publisher Approval Red Denied Publisher Approval Green Approved item i To review the content before you deny or approve for publishing select the magnifying glass icon Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter Eal Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin Dent kdl L Title test Version 1 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 185 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Content Publisher can either approve or deny that it be published j To approve the content select the approve icon Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter F Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin De Title test Version 1 k To deny the content to be published select the deny icon Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter r 5 Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin Dent L gt Title test Version 1 6 2 3 Approving groups of con
4. TA AmE a a a ang cing sg rege gee che eng ger pers age ame ca rN gee as Description Group Existing Content tem Content Pool by Folder OF New Document Browse Clear Add Document Adds Documents to the above list Remember to save the News Article to link the selected documents Pe ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eB ee ee eB eB ee eB ee ee ee eB ee ee eB Be ee ee ee ee ee eB ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee 2 Enter a Description and Group for the document to be added and select the document from the tree structure of existing content items 3 Ifthe document you wish to add to the news article does not already exist in the content pool you can add a new document by clicking the browse button and selecting the document from your computer e E Youth and Children OF New Document Browse _ Add Document 4 Click the Add Document button This will add the select document to the list of documents linked to this Event If you have selected a new document this will add your new document to the list of linked documents 5 Click the Save button to save the selected document links for this news article 4 6 10 Adding News Category Behaviours The News Category Behaviours enables you to set default locations for categories so that any news articles created that belong to a category with a category behaviour will automatically be displayed on the pages specified in the category beh
5. ver portalmaster enterprise cms Verdi Enterprise CMS V4 2 User Guide User Manual Version 2 0 Document Details Project Owner Project Name IBC Verdi v4 2 Document Title Verdi CMS Version 4 2 User Guide v2 0 Document Authors V Skane R Trott E K Dunkley T Hughes J Kerford L Dent C Law N Young D Robosson S Baldry S Kelly N Daya Document Version 2 0 Version Date October 2014 Document File Name Verdi 4 2 User Guide doc Print Date Tuesday 28 October 2014 Document History amp Authorisation Issue Rev Distribution Qty Date Reviewed Authorised 1 0 Feb 2006 L Dent amp C Law 3 0 Dec 2006 R Smith 3 5 Jun 2007 R Trott 4 0 Jan 2008 V Skane 5 0 Apr 2008 N Young 5 3 Aug 2008 N Young 5 4 Apr 2009 N Collett 1 0 Oct 2009 S Baldry 1 1 Mar 2010 N Young 1 2 Jun 2010 S Baldry 1 0 Sep 2012 R Trott 1 0 Jun 2013 R Trott 1 5 Dec 2013 S Kelly 2 0 Oct 2014 N Daya Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 2 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Table of Contents 1 GETTING STARTED WITH VERO I racssececessucescesecetevesssccvesicnstvdsstusaveceisedeceusnisvessaveausesexsissctineesde Aree ietinetudedebas eee 8 det AAINVOVERVIEW OF VERD Gurai coustesdscateaevanuay on eesoasaa vasa A een nea eae 9 1 1 1 SV SION OVET OW Daissi eoe E ac ele E T N ee wee te ewe E tele wes edt 9 12 DEFINITIONS OR KEY
6. 4 Clicking on the content item name will load the content item for review Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 299 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 16 8 Keywords Report The Keywords Report displays all the metadata and keyword information entered into the administration of the site 1 Click on the Keywords and Metadata menu option 2 Use the search form to enter your search parameters and click on the Search button ee ee ee ee eee Document Date Keywords and Metadata Keyword s Owner Documents added E Calendar lang between E Calendar Include dates in F search Include Graveyard No Dont include deleted items a Return Versions Keywords and Metadata Keyword s pencil Owner Documents added E Calendar land between E Calendar Include dates in T search No Dontinclude deleted items Include Graveyard Return Versions Name Metadata Description Keywords Clever Edit Pencil Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 300 October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 9 Template Usage Report The Template usage report tracks how many times each template is used within selected areas of the site 1 Click on the Template and Theme Usa
7. O PM Roles amp Activities 2 Click on the Group Memberships tab Default Group Memberships Permissions ee eee eee 3 Select the Group from the Member of box that you want to remove the user from and click the Right Arrow button to move the group name to the Unassigned Groups box Assign to User Groups Member of Unassigned Groups 4 Click the Save button to complete removing the group membership Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 228 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 14 Removing Multiple Users from a Group 1 Click on the Group name that the users belong to D Users c Ag Everyone ee ay Odd a new group Ge Add a new user O PM Roles amp Activities S qD Q 2 O D o a nD A S 3 S gt ab Q 2 Click on the User Members tab General Group Members User Members Permissions ee ee ll 3 Select the users that you want to remove from the Current Members box and click on the Right Arrow bution to move the users to the Unassigned Users box User Members of this Group Curent Members Unassigned Users Yioods Meith keith 5 bummas amaliatamalia Smith Bentbsmith Kenworthy Peta peta Nomis Jasonjason ae Cordingley Esthertesther Kelly Shanetkel Denton Jucydudy Kelly Shane shane Tan Debidebt Kedord Jamesiamesk Eddington Craigicraig
8. Save 4 Click on the Save button to complete removing multiple users Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 229 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 15 Deleting a User Permission 1 Click on the Username for the user you would like to delete permissions from D Users El Everyone a A 4dd anew group i 5 d dd a new user Fl Bc a E Add a new group a di dd a new user A Woods Keith keith A Smith Benfbsmith a A Norris Jasontjason na A Kerford James jamesk io A Dunkley Ellenfellen O PM Roles amp Activities 2 Click on the Permissions tab Default Group Memberships eee 3 Click on the Delete option for the permission you would like to remove Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission Go Administration Permissions Type Role Activity For Actio Allow Structure Administrator Edit Delete Public Permissions No Public permissions assigned 4 Click on the OK button to confirm deletion or click on the Cancel button to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer ese J re you sure you want to delete this permission Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 230 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 16 Deleting a Group Permission
9. To Accept this work item click the accept button below After you have accepted this item you will need to approve it You should preview the item and make sure itis to your satisfaction You can then approve the item from your vvorkflow tasks list or from the Content Pool tem General Toolbar Ifyou are not satisfied with the item then deny it ensuring you give a meaningful reason in the notes below Please make meaningful notes along the way Add Some notes here referring to the fact you are accepting responsibility for approving al or denying this workflow activity Accept Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 199 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 3 2 1 4 Workflow user s can either approve or deny that it be published The Workflow tasks tab will again display this time with the content item listed with a tick anda cross icon in place of the accept icon The tick allows you to approve the content item The cross allows you to deny the content item Search YWorktlow Tasks Workflow Groups Email Updates The tasks listed below are eithertasks that you have accepted or tasks that you have the ability to accept You may not be the only userwho has the ability to accept the task You should have recieved notification if somebody specifically requested you to take on the task These tasks are workf
10. 1 3 4 Click on the Group name for the user group you would like to remove permissions from f Users c ae Everyone es ay Odd a new group PM Roles amp Activities Click on the Permissions tab General Group Members User Members _ Permissions Click on the Delete option for the permission you would like to remove Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission Go Administration Permissions No AcHinistetion Denrrasions aasigned Public Permissions Type Role Acthity For Allow view_public O Contact Details Edi Delete Actions Microsoft Internet Explorer ede J re you sure you want to delete this permission Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 231 Date Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 eer 8 Verdi Roles and Activities The Verdi Roles and Activities Administration enable you to administer the roles and activities that can be assigned to users of the Verdi system See the Administration Users amp Workflow section for a table of Verdi default roles and activities 8 1 Viewing Verdi Activities 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Site Structure Ka Refresh ay 4dd Homepage 7 Add Page to all Homepages Verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content E Features E Advanced 2 Clic
11. 4 Website Homepage O Horne gt 3 About Us 2 Shop Details O Search O Privacy Policy O Product Search Results Select 6 Enter a Form Name of your desire 7 Enter a brief Description for the form This will not be displayed on the public form It is only for administration and search purposes 8 From the Form Administrator list select the person who will be the administrator of the form When a user completes and submits a form the form details will be emailed to the selected Form Administrator 9 Enter any Additional Recipients that you want the form details to be emailed to Le a rg a a aa re POR a NT Ta RC id a Sg TP a CT EN CF FSS FR 10 Enter the Submit Screen Message that you want displayed to the user once they have successfully submitted the form a aaa a a aaa aa aaa a a a a a a a aaa aaa a a aa aa a a a done by adding the fields place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs E g If you wanted to output the value of the field you set to name you would include the place holder 11 Select a date for the form to appear on the website using the Live Date drop down menus 12 Select a date for the form to be removed from the website using the Archive Date drop down menus 13 Saving Form Results to a database a Select No and your form results will be sent via text in an email to the Form Administrator b Select Yes if you wish you form results to be stored within
12. 7 6 Adding a Group Permission Z Note In the event where a user has both user and group permissions user permissions will take precedence over group permissions 1 Edit the required group by clicking on the group name f Users Everyone GB Add a new group GA Add a new user 2 Click onthe Permissions tab General Group Members User Members 3 Use the drop down menu to select a Permission Type for the user and click on the Go button There are two types of permissions 1 Public Permissions Define the permissions for public users viewing content on the public site 2 Administration Permissions Define the permissions for administration users for managing and editing content in the administration site Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission w Go Administration Permission Public Permission Administration Permi Public Permissions No Permissions Set a eer 7 6 1 Setting a Group Admin Permission Administration Permissions define the permissions for administration users for managing and editing content in the administration site 1 From the Action options choose what you would like to allow or deny the user to do Select Allow and from the Role drop down choose one of the roles available e g Site Administrator Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 216 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial i
13. Category please select Choose an existing category or enter a new category below Subcategory Insert Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 248 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 Enter a Category for the keyword 5 Enter a Subcategory for the keyword if applicable 6 Click on Insert to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 249 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 11 2 Editing Keywords in the Dictionary 1 Click View on the category that the word belongs to Categories Common Divorce Male Portal services songs sweety 2 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate keyword Back Category Common Mispellings Hyper text Edit Delete Hypertext Hyper text Multiple Delete 3 Make the necessary changes Meta KeyWords Form UT6 1 MetaKeyword Hyper text Category please select Choose an existing category or enter a new category below Common Subcategory Mispellings 4 Click on the Update button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 250 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO
14. Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 53 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 12 4 Setting Public Group Permissions Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Public Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the public site The default is to allow all people access Edit the public permissions 2 Note The Public Permissions page will load displaying options for administering public permissions for the page Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most often used to initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this Item Add Permission Select Type v Select Type lt IP Address Permission Existing Permissi User Permission Group Permission IP Address Permissions No IP Address Permissions specified User Permissions No User Permissions specified Group Permissions No Group Permissions specified 1 Select Group Permission from the Add Permission option then click Add Group Site Administrators v Allow Deny Allow v save 2 Select a Group from the drop down menu a eee eer level of access you may need to speak to your Site Administrator to have groups added or removed from the list 3 Select to Allow or Deny the user from us
15. Tier 1 No Sub pages Available Tier Select Parent First Tier 3 T Select Parent First 11 Click the Save button to add the user i 8 Note Further tabbed options will be available after adding the user allowing youtoadd permissions and assign the user to a user group Nt ae eee eer Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 206 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 2 Adding a User Group 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Site Structure bh Refresh A Add Homepage i Add Page to all Homepages H Verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content Features E Advanced 2 Click on the Everyone link within the Users menu Site Structure E Content E Features E Advanced E Users 4 Everyone O Verdi Roles amp Activities 3 Click the Add a new group link f Users Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 207 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO General gas Group Details Group Hame DataType DE Domain Name Users with an email address that matches this domain vill aLiomaiicaly be added to this group when they are added Enabled ves
16. Version 15 Contacts Locations Versions Documents Description Group Document Options Test Document Mone remove gee ada SUEDE ete cere eve rig ace ea nape org gee oye gin ogee yr ig Description Group Existing Content item Content Pool by Folder OF Mew Document eer Add Document 2 Enter a Description and Group for the document to be added and select the document from the tree structure of existing content items 3 Ifthe document you wish to add to the event does not already exist in the content pool you can add a new document by clicking the browse button and selecting the document from your computer ae E Youth and Children or Mew Document Browse JP Clear 4dd Document 4 Click the Add Document button This will add the select document to the list of documents linked to this Event If you have selected a new document this will add your new document to the list of linked documents 5 Click the Save button to save the selected document links for this event 4 3 9 Remove a Document from an Event 1 Edit the required event and select the Documents tab Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 129 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 Click the remove link next to the document you wish to remove Documents Description Group Document
17. What is the Graveyard The Graveyard is where Content Pool Items are sent after they have been deleted Content that is currently in the Graveyard can be restored by editing it and selecting Undelete from the toolbar menu Note that you may have to change the Folder Tiers in which the restored Content resides as they may have changed since the Content was deleted Using the Graveyard Content Pool Items can be restored to their original version before any modifications were made 1 Click on the Graveyard option within the side navigation Site Structure D Content Refresh S Content Administration CL Search H E Content Pool amp 1 Add Folder HI Default Content H E membership folder G Public Website HH Training Content HHI Test 4 Summary Recent Search About The Graveyard is where Content Pool Items are sent after they have been deleted Content thatis currently in the Graveyard can be restored by editting it and selecting Undelete from the toolbar menu Note that you may have to change the Folder Tiers in which the restored Content resides as they may have changed since the Content was deleted Summary Statistics Total Content in the Graveyard 4034 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 97 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 19 1 Using the Recent tab in the Graveya
18. 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format section Title 6 Enter Default value for the custom field if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field 7 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field 0 Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add OW Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field Select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 11 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 12 Select Display in Public and or Include in Search if applicable 13 Click the Save button to finish ee ee eee ee Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 287 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 8 Editing Custom Fields 1 Select the tab where the Custom Field that you want to edit resides Content Format Content
19. 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO f Administrate Site Structure g View Public Site Z Note Depending upon the type of admin user some settings may not be available A number of administration permissions may be given to one user a 2 Use the Tier drop down menus to select an area of the site to associate a permission Alternatively select the Folder Content option to associate permission to an individual content pool folder Optional Apply to a Tier Content Folder or item C Tier Homepages Please Selecta Homepage v Tier 1 No Sub pages Available v Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First w t Gy Content Pool Advanced Training C Content Publishing amp Writing Training Custom Modules Default Features Training Overview amp Welcome Content Site Structure Training H Training Resources amp Docs C or FolderiConten C Users amp Permission Training Save 3 Click the Save button to complete adding the permission 7 5 2 Setting a User Public Permission Public Permissions define the permissions for public users viewing content on the public site 1 Use the Add Permission drop down menu and select Public Permission for the user and click on the Go bution Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission Go Administration Permission Administration Permi gi AEE Public Permissions
20. 326 JS EARCHING LOR GCONTENT erorri eoira a tien beasannsde ate tabensuas salt tok onus Eh 75 3 6 1 Searching and Editing a Content Pool Item using the Content Administration 00000000000 Z9 3 6 2 Searching for and Editing Content Using the Site StruCture c ccccccccccccsssccceessssceceeessseeceeesssseees 76 3 7 USING THE EDIT PENCIL TO EDIT A CONTENT POOL ITEM 00 cccccceeeesscccccccccccccceesssssssssssscssssseseceeseeeeeeseeas TT 3 8 SETTING YOUR CONTENT POOL ITEM POP UP SETTINGS u ccc cesssssesesececcccccccccccessesseesseseeeccecseseeseeeeeaas 79 3 9 ADDING CONTACTS TO A CONTENT POOL ITEM cccccccccccccccssssssssssssssssccccssessccsssssessssssssssssscesessssssssseeeees 81 3 10 EDITING CONTENT POOL ITEM CONTACTS sssssssssscccccccccccccsesccsssssssscccccccecccccssssesesssssssssccccessscssseeeeenssss 83 3 11 ADDING PERMISSIONS TO A CONTENT POOL ITEM cccccccccccecccesssssssssssscccccecccesseeesssssssssssseseseceeeeeeeeeeeas 84 Gittet Seling IF Address FermissSlonS nescion ope a deus ol iuipncidlodesshactenceh han A there centedes 84 S112 Setting PUDIIC USEF Permis SIONS 3 xiscscccavewscasesarcsntacaccnactne laidsasioucen sesieindsslicavstia cuss saibanwheltenseieisds aicoussavsantewlieee 85 3 11 23 Seling PUDIIC GIOUD FOCTIUSSIONS secs cacsccaute cadscscavtecues eiat i E E E AATRE E E N TiS 85 3 12 EDITING AND DELETING INDIVIDUAL PERMISSIONS ccc ccccccessssssssscsscccccccecseeeeesssssassssses
21. 3S W Words 0 Characters 0 _ Expand Report Pane select Doctype XHTML 1 0 Strict VY Validate XHTML 6 Enter your web page text adding images and links as required refer to the WYSIWYG Editor User Guide for further reference 7 When you have completed your copy click the Update button eH 4 2 Note At the top of the section you will notice the system gives you the version number and the Status of the content pool item If the status is Not Approved then the document will require TE m m e me ee E E E E E E S E S e S e B E S S E S E S S S B S E E B S E S S O B S E E E S E B S E E E S S S N E S E E S N E E E S N E N E S S N E N E S S N E N E S S N E N M E S E M N E S S N E N E E S N E N E E S N E N E N S E N E E S E N E N S E N E A S N E M m S S a m a m e e a a m a m a m as a m a a a m as a a a a a m a l IMPORTANT NOTE Your content will not be live yet The content needs to be Approved and have a location page tier to be published to 8 To make the content live click on the Publish Content button Locations Preview Status version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions La i a E Version 1 Not Approved Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 69 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 9 Once published the content pool item status will change to Live and the Publish Co
22. Article Article Advanced Article Location Teaser Teaser Location Article Locations 7 Page Enabled Options Homepage i News Test Yes edit delete Add New Location 2 The page will display the Article Location form Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Date October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly Page 152 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Article Article Advanced Article Location Teaser Teaser Location ap Page Homepages Please Select a Homepage Tier 1 E No Sub pages Available x Tier 2 Select Parent First x Tier 3 Select Parent First Enabled Yes LL q sae P Co 3 Use the Display Tier drop down menu to select an appropriate location on the website for the news item to be displayed 4 Set Enabled to Yes to activate the display location 5 Click on the Save button 4 6 6 Adding a News Item Teaser 1 Select the Teaser tab Article Article Advanced Article Location Teaser Location 2 Enter your teaser in the Teaser Copy text area and then click Save Teaser Teaser Copy 4 6 7 Adding a News Item Teaser Location 1 Teaser Locations are on the same tab as the Teaser text Scroll down to the Teaser Locations Section then select Add New Teaser Location 2 The Add New Teaser Location form will be displayed Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 Use
23. B 2 14 Pe ered the Sdn Peel feed Centers in Din RE tact iest imenaini Add on impece friem Orsio Angren Conte 5 Select which section of the template you wish your feature to display by clicking on the relevant drop down field Find your feature item and select 1 Utility Navigation Utility Navigation v 2 Site Search Verdi Basic Search v 3 Main Navigation Main Navigation 4 Left Sub Navigation Sub Navigation v 5 Tier Title with Verdi Tier Title with Breadcrumb Breadcrumb 6 Content Section 1 Inline Content by Section ID v 7 Content Section 2 Inline Content by Section ID v 8 Content Section 3 Inline Content by Section ID v 9 Content Section 4 Inline Content by Section ID v 10 Footer Navigation Footer Navigation v Preview Set Options 6 Select the Preview Set Options button to save your changes Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 139 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 4 3 Editing an FAQ 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate FAQ Add a new FAQ MOTE Grey FAQ s are disabled Client Side Training Tier 1 Can it happen straight away 2 Make the necessary changes 3 Click on the Update button to finish 4 4 4 Deleting an FAQ 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate FAQ Add a new FAQ MOTE Grey FAQ s are dis
24. CONTENT MANAGEMENT STSTEM The Try Det fwert A QUICK HOME RUN B 2 14 Pe ered the Sdn Peel feed Centers in Din RE tact iest imenaini Add on impece friem Orsio Angren Conte 5 Select which section of the template you wish your feature to display by clicking on the relevant drop down field Find your feature item and select 1 Utility Navigation Utility Navigation v 2 Site Search Verdi Basic Search v 3 Main Navigation Main Navigation 4 Left Sub Navigation Sub Navigation v 5 Tier Title with Verdi Tier Title with Breadcrumb Breadcrumb 6 Content Section 1 Inline Content by Section ID v 7 Content Section 2 Inline Content by Section ID v 8 Content Section 3 Inline Content by Section ID v 9 Content Section 4 Inline Content by Section ID v 10 Footer Navigation Footer Navigation v Preview Set Options 6 Select the Preview Set Options button to save your changes Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 120 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 2 3 4 2 5 Edit a Job Click on the Edit option for the appropriate job Employment Opportunity Grounds Keeper Enabled Delete D ate Advertised 9 02 2005 10 44 06 AM Make any required changes Click on the Update button to finish Delete a Job Click on the Delete option for the desired job Emp
25. Group Repeat for multiple content tems Requests Approval p via auto email form Approves a al Denies All Content Cantent within not approved group made LIVE to site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 182 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 2 2 Approving individual content items with standard workflow The process of a Content Editor requesting approval for an individual content item is shown below 1 ao a Content Editor creates or edits a content item Note this version of the content item is still effectively unapproved and is not shown on the public website until the content is approved at point 6 below Content Editor requests approval for the content item Content Editor chooses one or more publishers to request approval from Content Publisher receives the request Content Publisher can review the content item Content Publisher can either approve or deny that it be published Content Editor creates or edits a content item e g in this example a new content item has been created and saved and is therefore Version 1 not Approved Egi Version 1 Not Approved y Content Editor requests approval for the content item by selecting the icon to Request Workflow Approval Version 1 Not Approved Request Workflow Approval Cont
26. ICING AIM FAG s esas atare ier aca teeaeaore ead ba aiabis assed ae ee 140 ES 112 LL EWA Lg ear en SPP OE PE a eee ey ee ee 141 AO APE EMINI LIS penn er eR ee eee Eo eA 14 4 5 2 Publishing your Mailing List feature ON the Public Site ccccccccccessecceesessececeeessseeeceesssseeeeeeens 142 4o BOMO RAVI ENS Ute he She aul ler ede teeta case hadi act Weasel sa ao Ganon a Ble mesie ores 145 4o94 Pabo a MallNg E crs ee ease oe vas ela rcs nsec tase E sse oven E AR 145 ASS iPOSUNG TIO Malmo LIST SUDSCIIOGTS rriei lie AEE AEE basic E EE E N 146 AO NEN e a E E EA 148 46I AOGING QINGWS ATOSE oae EEE ER EE N E EEE A NE E E EER 148 4 6 2 Publishing your News feature on the Public Site cccccccccccccccssscccceeesssccceeessseeceesessseeceeessneeeeeesaes 151 46 3 Eding a NeWSArNIE reses a E aE E 152 464 Deleting aNoWws Aricle iicak a Ruce ite eeivsdleti ria Riad ea 152 4 6 5 Adding a News ltem Display Location cccccccccccccccssssccesessceesessceeesesseccsenseeceesseecesesseeeseeeeeeseaaeeess 152 46 6 AQQGINO QINEWS Iteni Teasel eccrsoanuin uie a Ea a Ri 153 4 6 7 Adding a News ltem Teaser LOCATION cccccccccccccssssccceeeessceccessssceeceeessaeeecceesaeecceessseeecesensaeeeeesenaes 153 4 6 8 Searching the NEWS Archive cccccccccccssccccsssscccessscscesssccccessscccessacscessaceccssaeccessacscessaeeccssaeecestaeeeens 154 4 6 9 Adding Documents to a News ALticle cccccccccccccssssccceessscecceeessseecceeesssesecee
27. Make any required changes Edit a Template Form 70 1 Template Name Ho mepagqe Compatible With Tier D ves Tier 1 ves Tier 2 No gt Tier 3 No Header HomeHeaderosce gt Footer Footerascx Container HomeContainerasce Layout Graphic Sof SeveAs Submit 3 Click on the Save As button to finish CITT Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 264 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 4 Deleting a Single Template 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate template i Homepage J sections Tier Tier Li Tierm Tiera X Header HomeHeader ascx Container Homecontainer ascx Footer ascx Footer 2 Click on the OK button to finish or click on Cancel to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer sd Are you sure you want to delete this template nS J y y p Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 265 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 5 Deleting Multiple Templates 1 Click on Multiple Delete option Multiple Delete Homepage Tie rQiw Tier1 Tier2 Tiers Header HomeHeader ascx Container HomecContainer asc Footer Footer ascx 2 Select the templates you wish to remove by sel
28. No Permissions Set 2 From the Action options choose what you would like to allow or deny the user to do Select Allow and from the Role drop down choose one of the roles available e g Site Administrator Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 213 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Here you can either allow or deny a Role or particular Activity Ifa tier or content item is not specified the permission applies to all relevant items Action Deny Role 7 Activity c Select the Action type iii Allow This will allow the user to access content within the role or activities iv Deny This will deny the user from accessing content within the role or activities d Using the radio button select either a Role or Activity and then select from the drop down field ROLE Each role is delegated a set of activities which act as permissions to what functions they can access within their Verdi administration area See figure below Role options include System Administrator Site Administrator Content Publisher Structure Administrator Content Administrator Alternatively you can select from the Activity drop down to choose an action for the user ACTIVITY Activity options include Configure and administer entire Verdi System Administrate the site not advanced configuration Add and modify conte
29. Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 64 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 Creating and Managing Content 3 1 Creating a New Content Pool Item Using the Content Administration Why use the Content Administration area to create a content pool item By creating content pool items within the Content area you can leave the location free until you know where the content will be located You can then manually add the locations of the content pool items Whereas creating a new content pool item within the Site Structure area will automatically apply the location of the content item 1 Document Date Click on the Content option on the left navigation bar Refresh 3 Content Administration h Search amp J Content Pool oo Add Folder H Advanced Training C Content Publishing amp writi H 0 Custom Modules Default Features Training Overview amp Welcome Con H Site Structure Training Training Resources amp Doc H Users amp Permission Trainir El Graveyard Click on the symbol next to the Default Content folder Click on the Add New Content link O Site Structure D Content Refresh Content Administration OL Search 4S Content Pool Add Folder Sy Default Content E Add Folder E Graveyard Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 65 October 2014 IBC Digi
30. leah_systemadmin leah_writer leah_publisher leah_structure Test Document Date Updated By First Name Keith Ben Jason FirstName TestName Shane Ellen James Site Content Leah training custom2 Leah_SystemAdmin leahwriter leahpublish leah_structure John Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 October 2014 Shane Kelly Last Name woods Smith Norris LastName1 tester Kelly Dunkley Kerford Administrator Editor Dent group testgroup Dent leahwriter publisher structure Smith Action Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Delete Page 226 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 12 Deleting a User Group 1 Click on the Group name for the user group you would like to delete f Users Everyone Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 227 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 13 Removing a User from a Group 1 Click on the Username for the appropriate user D Users Everyone ET Odd a new group J d Odd a new user el Be pe EY 4dd a new group z Ge Add a new user A woods Keith keith 8 Smith Ben bsmith sa A Norris Jasonf jasoni A Kelly Shanetkel a P Kerford James jamesk a A Dunkley Ellenfellen
31. q i test group 1 lt T Add a new group Add 2 The workflow group s screen will load displaying all the content items that belong to the group You can view each content item from this screen by clicking the magnifying glass next to each item Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 190 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO test lt Approval for this group has been requested Content in this Group Publish Group Content Publisher can approve or deny that the content group be published 1 You can Approve Publish this whole group in one of two ways a Select the Publish Group button to approve all the content in this group or b Go back to the Workflow tasks tab Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 arted 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin Dent a El Title test Version 1 To approve the content select the approve icon This will approve all the content items that belong to the workflow group Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter Ts Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin De yal Title test Version 1 2 To deny the content to be published Without viewing it select the deny icon This will deny all the con
32. 98 ME XP Vista Administration Public Site Rich Editor Internet Explorer 9 xx Internet Explorer 8 xx Internet Explorer 7 xx Internet Explorer 6 xx Internet Explorer 5 xx Internet Explorer 4 xx Netscape 6 xx Netscape 4 xx Firefox 1 5 Firefox 2 Firefox 3 Firefox 3 5 Firefox 14 Safari 2 1 8 New Features in Version 4 0 It is very much IBC s method to work with our clients in partnership and to provide incremental improvements based upon user feedback As the developers of Verdi IBC is able to control product development The development of future enhancements is highly influenced on the needs of our customers based upon their feedback Following is an overview of the new features added to version 4 0 Improved Events Calendar Module Improved News Module Compatibility with new browsers see Table above Improved Employment Module New Tender Module New Directory Module New Franchise Module New Template Builder Better integration with Google Maps Supports more Video Formats including Windows Media Quicktime Flash Video and Youtube Embedding Supports Quicktime playback for the IPad Improved SEO URL masking Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 23 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 Site Structure Administration The Site Structure Administration controls the pa
33. Advanced O Custom Fields Administration Site Variables Administration Domains Administration Content Formats D Content Categories Interaction Point Types O Meta Keywords Dictionary E Users 2 Note The reports described below are Verdi default reports Depending on your organisations requirements you may have additional customised reports Reports Broken Links Unlinked Files Navigation Structure Permissions Content Lifecytle Content Creation Keywords and Metadata Template and Theme Usage Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 292 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Summary of the Standard Reports Broken Links Track pages containing link s to content that no longer exists within the site Unlinked Files Locate and report unlinked content items Navigation Structure A sitemap showing the site Tier Structure Permissions Permission allocation table Content Lifecycle When each content item was created published modified and where applicable when it expires Content Creation Name Create Date Author Format and Keywords for Content Pool items Keywords and Metadata Metadata and Keyword Information entered Template and Theme Usage Track how many times each template is used Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 293 Date October 2014 IBC D
34. Assigned User Primary Contact Remove Shane Kelly Prirnvary he James Karord Make Primary E Remove All Checked 4 Click on the Remove All Checked button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 83 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 3 11 Adding Permissions to a Content Pool Item 1 Edit the required content pool item and click on the Permissions tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Status A number of permissions options are available 3 11 1 Setting IP Address Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Fublic Permissions Thes permissions define who can view this Page in lhe publi sile The Edit the public penmissio Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most offen used to Initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this Item Add Pemmission 2 Select P Address Permission from the Add Permission option IP Address Mask AllowDery Allow Cancel 3 Enter an IP Address in the text box provided Ne eres 4 Select to Allow or Deny the IP Address using the drop down menu 5 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 84
35. CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 247 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 11 Administering the Meta Keywords Dictionary What is the Meta Keywords Dictionary The Meta Keywords Dictionary helps to administer the metadata of your Verdi content and pages Metadata provides a description of the content and pages including titles authors dates and keywords that relate to the contents topic The Meta Keywords dictionary is used to administer search engine keywords within the Verdi system The dictionary stores pre defined keywords which can be selected by users when creating content pool items or tiers You can add edit and delete words within the dictionary The keywords that are applied to content items and tiers are stored within the sites searching function to assist with efficient searching The Verdi Meta Keywords Dictionary organises keywords into Keyword Categories and Sub Categories Each keyword must belong to a Category 11 1 Adding Words to the Dictionary 1 Click on the Meta Keywords Dictionary link from within the Advanced section E Advanced Custom Fields Administration Site Variables Administration Domains Administration Reports Content Formats Content Categories Interaction Point Types 1 Meta Keywords Dictionar Enter your new keyword Meta KeyWords Form UT6 1 MetaKeyword
36. CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 259 Version 2 0 Date October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 13 3 Deleting a Domain 1 Click on the Delete option for the domain you would like to remove Existing Domain Links Domain Tier Link Element Type Element ID Default Homepage Options Ww IDC COMm al Home Delete 2 Click on the OK button to finish or click on Cancel to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer i x j Gre vou sure vou want to delete this domain link Cancel Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 260 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 Template Administration The Template Administration controls the layout of the tiers and the position of the content and modules on the pages within the site What is a Template Templates are used to define what features users of the Verdi Administration may select within a Tier page Each template is divided into predefined grid sections The templates that control this are pre configured by the developers of your site within the development stage of the project Usually a site will have at least two main templates Homepage Template and Sub Page Template 14 1 Adding a Template 1 Click on the Templates option within the Template Admin
37. Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Public Permissions Restrict All This Condition is most ofen used to initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Dery Publie Access to this bern Add Pennission Group Pennission 2 Select Group Permission from the Add Permission option Group AllowDeny Note Groups are administered through the Users Administration section Depending upon your level of access you may need to speak to your Site Administrator to have groups added or removed from the list L __ ___ J 4 Select to Allow or Deny the user from using the drop down menu 5 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 86 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 12 Editing and Deleting Individual Permissions 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Permissions tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Status 2 Select which permissions you wish to remove or edit Options available Public Permissions Admin Permissions 3 12 1 Editing and Deleting Public Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the public permissions link Fublic Permissions Thes permissions define whd can view this Page in ihe pub
38. Confidence E amp EO 10 5 Adding an Allowed Content File Format 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate Category 2 Select the file format s that you want to allow and click on the eft arrows to add to the Allowed Formats box t E amp Edit Category Name Web Page Content Formats Allowed Formats Disallowed Formats Inline Content PDF rR ord La Spreadsheet Powerpoint v Default To make this category no longer the default another category will have to be made the default Default Content Default Folder cones ae eer 3 Once you have made your selections click the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 246 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 10 6 Deleting an Allowed Content File Format 1 Edit the required Content Category 2 Select the file format that you want to remove and click on the right arrows to remove the file format illustrated over t Go Edit Category Name Web Page Content Formats Allowed Formats Disallowed Formats Inline Content PDF Ta Word La preadsheet owerpoint ta Default To make this category no longer the default another category will have to be made the default Default Content C Default Folder 3 Click on the Save button to finish or click on Cancel to cancel your actions Document Verdi
39. Confidence E amp EO 5 Enter a Default value for the custom field if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field 6 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add oo Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 10 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 11 Click the Save button to finish TETIT Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 275 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 2 Adding a Custom Field to an IP Type Module 1 Select the IP Types tab Users Other Category Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content 2 Click on the New button IP Types Custom Fields for IP Types EN S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S E S S S S E E S S S S S S E S S S A E
40. Content items can be searched for and restored FEATURES The Features navigation area allows users to add and modify particular features within the site Also known as Modules features consist of functions that allow users to interact with your site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 16 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved D Templates Templates segments Places Attachments _ Refresh ZEEE Template Code View E Content al Refresh Content Administration ith Search Content Pool by Folder Graveyard E Features ED Analytics D Dynamic Forms DO Employment O Events Calendar E FAQs O Mailing Lists News O Polls Site Shortcuts Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO ADVANCED The Advanced navigation area allows high level system E Advanced administrators to manage the advanced settings of your site O byee a SS te oe T l l Site Variables Administration Tasks within this area can include 5 l Managing the domain settings for the site E AGLS Metadata Administration Defining administrator mail settings Domains Administration Modifying WYSISWG functions E Reports Adding or modifying module types E Content Formats Adding or modifying content formats Adding or modifying content categories E Content Categories Maintaining the Meta Keywords Dictionary Adding or E Modules modifying meta keywords E Met
41. E EE E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E EE E E EE E E E E E E E E E E E EE E E E E E EE E E EE E E EE E E E E E E E E E E E EE E E e E a a E e a e e e e e e e l l a 5 4 3 Configuring Template Sections As with any other Module in Verdi the relevant template must be configured correctly in order to allow Site Structure administrators to choose the A to Z Listing on their pages The number of templates available depends on your site An example template is shown below ti rdio A 2 7 8 9 10 Each template is configured to allow the A Z Module and other modules to display in the Sections required during the set up of the site The example below shows section 6 has already been configured to display the A Z Listing Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 179 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Edit a Section Section Name Content Section A Position Number 6 Interaction Point Types C Ate Z Listing Hold ctrl to select multiple ntact Contact Us Form Contacts Document List Dynamic Forms Employment Events Detailed Default Interaction Point Type Inline Content by Section ID bA save As Update You can hold down the CTRL key to select deselect as many modules including the A to Z Listing module as you would like for each template section Once save
42. E amp EO 8 5 Modifying Activity Role Assignment 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Site Structure amp Refresh B Add Homepage ote Add Page to all Homepages H Verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content E Features E Advanced 2 Click on the Verdi Role amp Activities option within the left navigation E Users PB Everyone 1 Verdi Roles amp Activities 3 Click on the Activity Role Assignment tab Verdi Activity Verdi Role ActivitwRole Assignment 4 To view activities that are assigned to roles select the Role from the drop down and the Assigned and Unassigned boxes will automatically update with the assigned activities system Administrator v Assigned Unassigned Administer system settings Administer the site Not Configu A Add amp modify content items and Approve amp publish content jAdminister Content Pool Folders Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 236 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 9 Administering Content Formats The Content Formats section controls the types of content that can be included in the site Verdi comes with a number of pre formatted Content Formats which are based on your site specifications What are Content Formats Common formats include Word Excel HTML Images GIF and JPEG P
43. E amp EO Date Click on the Save button to finish Add Form Field Field Name Post Code Type Text hy Default Value Position Z Max Length lo Avalue of 0 means no maximum length restriction is applied to the field Email Address No v Required Yes v Field Value Reference Select common reference w reference Setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text If you wanted to output the value ofthe field you set to payor you would include the place holder popayorsd in the position where you want the payor value Remember to always test form submission after altering and field value reference values Cancel Making a Copy of a Form To create a copy of an existing dynamic form click on the Edit option for the form you wish to copy New Form Existing Forms 4 Contact Form Edit Delete Website Homel Contact Us Edit Make any required changes to the form values Click the Save As button to finish a Auto Yes Mw Include user responses in notification email Response In order to use Auto Response you will need to specify a field in your form with Email Address set to true this is the address that Auto Response will use as the user s email address Auto Response BCNotce
44. EO Updated By Shane Kelly 8 3 Viewing Activity Role Assignment 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Site Structure bh rt Refresh x amp Add Homepage ote Add Page to all Homepages H Verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content Features E Advanced 2 Click on the Verdi Role amp Activities option within the left navigation E Users PB Everyone 1 Verdi Roles amp Activities 3 Click on the Activity Role Assignment tab Verdi Activity Verdi Role ActivitiRole Assignment 4 To view activities that are assigned to roles select the Role from the drop down and the Assigned and Unassigned boxes will automatically update with the assigned activities Assign activities to roles System Administrator v Assigned i Unassigned Administer system settings Administer the site Not Configu A Add amp modify content items and Approve amp publish content Administer Content Pool Folders Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 234 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 8 4 Modifying Verdi Roles 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Site Structure j Refresh BE Add Homepage E Add Page to all Homepages Verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content E Features E A
45. FlCalendar Add Event Time ddim ayy AA mit To add additional eventtimes for this event select Start and End dates and click the Add Event Time button then save the Event Changes to Event Times are not saved until you save the Event 4 3 6 Copying an existing Event to a new Event 3 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate event Web Page Content Title Live Date Archive Date Last Editor Enabled IBC Testing 30 11 2009 30 11 2010 Admin Default User True IBC Testing Copy 30 11 2009 30 11 2010 Admin Default User True 4 Onthe General tab click the Save As button rn nn nn nn nn nnn nn nn nn nnn nnn nn nnn nn nn nnn rn nn nn nnn nnn nn nn nnn nnn nn nnn nn nn nnn nnn nn nnn nn nnn nn nnn nnn nnn ene nnn nn i 2 A copy of the selected Event will be saved and the new event will be displayed in edit mode 5 Make any necessary changes and click the Save buiton to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 127 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 3 7 6 Adding an Event Teaser Edit the required event and click on the Teaser Tab Locations Versions General a Contacts E i i Version a Teaser Enter a Teaser for the event adding images and links as required in the Teaser WYSIWYG Editor refer to the WYSIWYG Edi
46. Guide v1 Page 143 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 Utility Navigation Utility Navigation 2 Site Search Verdi Basic Search x 3 Main Navigation Main Navigation 4 Left Sub Navigation Sub Navigation 5 Tier Title with Verdi Tier Title with Breadcrumb Breadcrumb l E 6 Content Section 1 lInline Content by Section ID 7 Content Section 2 Inline Content by Section ID x Content Section 3 Inline Content by Section ID 9 Content Section 4 Inline Content by Section ID x 10 Footer Navigation Footer Navigation Preview Set Options 6 Select the Preview Set Options button to save your changes Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 144 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 5 3 Editing a Mailing List 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate Mailing List Add a New Mailing List Mailing List Info otal Active Mailing Lists otal Mailing Lists Wi Delete g Post j Own ar Keith Woods Element Type Element ID Element Title 1 85 Nid 2 Make the appropriate changes 3 Click the Update button to finish 4 5 4 Deleting a Mailing List 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate Mailing List A
47. IP Types Users Other Category E Custom Fields for Users Custom fields allow Verdi to perform customised functionality for each individual Verdi instance while keeping the core porduct untouched When you add custom fields for Users you are adding additional Meta Data fields that can contain custom data for each user Current Custom Fields Currently there are no Custom Fields for Users L _ _ Add a Custom Field for a User Name Type Text i Default value Size Required Yes x Description ay 7 Interface Type Text at Interface Order 1 jie Display in Public C Save Cancel 3 Enter a Name for the field Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 278 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour
48. Interaction Point Types O Meta Keywords Dictionary 2 Enter a website address in the Domain text box This should be a website address that you are directing users from Users accessing this website address will be directed to whatever tier you select within Verdi Add a domain link Domain Direct to Tier Homepages Please Select a Homepage Tier 1 No Sub pages Available Tier 2 Select Parent First M Tier 3 Select Parent First iv Default Homepage Default Domain for Page a D 4 gt S J rmo 3 S o o 1 gt 1 S gt a Dj Q h Q gt a 3 Ss o D Q 2 D V Q 3 Select one of the following options a Use the Tier drop down menus to select a tier to direct users to or b Select the Default Homepage checkbox to direct users towards the Verdi default homepage 3 Click on the Insert button to finish TRTE Verdi Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 258 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 13 2 Editing a Domain 1 Click on the Edit option for the domain you would like to change Existing Domain Links Tier Link Element Type Element ID Default Homepage Zprans fe False lelete Homain Ww bc com au Home 1 2 Make any required changes W Default Homepage 3 Click on the Update button to finish Document Verdi
49. Navigation Utility Navigation 2 Site Search Verdi Basit Search v 3 Main Navigation Main Navigation w 4 Left Sub Navigation Sub Navigation w 5 Tier Title with Verdi Page Title with Breadcrumb Breadcrumb 6 Content Section A Document List m 7 Content Section B Inline Content by Section ID 8 Content Section C Inline Content by Section ID v 9 Content Section D Inline Content by Section ID w 10 Footer Navigation Footer Navigation Preview Set Options p T a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee el pi Note The default Modules displayed in the image above may differ from those that are featured in the administration site 5 Click on the Preview Set Options button A preview of the page is presented with the option to view it in a new window to help see how the page will appear 6 Once the preview has loaded click on the Save button to finish a eee m e Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 167 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 9 2 Adding Documents to a Document List 1 Find your page within the left hand side navigation 2 Click on the symbol next to the content link below your page aining Document List A Content seer Add New Content Upload Bulk Content 3 Click on the Add New Content link 4 Click on Document Content link to select the C
50. O Domains Administration B Reports Content Formats Content Categories Custom fields allow Verdi to perform customised functionality for each individual Verdi instance while keeping the core porduct untouched When you add custom fields for an IP Type you are adding additional Meta Data fields that can be specified when you allocated the IP Types to pages Interaction Point Types Meta Keywords Dictionary E Users Name Type Actions A to Z Listing Ato ZListing Name Text Edit Delete Options By editing the A Z List Site Administrators will be able to see the defined configurations Edit Custom Field for an IP Type IPF Type A To Z Listing we Mame Ato Listing Mame Type Text w Default value Size Required Description The name to he associated with the A to z Listing Interaction Point Type This 13 used within the Template Configuratibn section Interface Type Text Interface Order Display in Public F Note Only site administrators will ever be required to edit this customisation and then infrequently if at all This information is therefore provided for your 5 4 2 Custom Fields Custom Fields have been created to allow Site Administrators to define content that will appear in the lists The Structure tab located under Advanced gt Custom Fields Administration shows the A Z Custom Fields Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 177 Dat
51. Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Permissions Status 2 Under the Homepages section use the Assigned Homepages checkboxes to choose which homepages the page will be assigned to Homepages Tier 1 elements may be assigned to display under All or a selection of Homepages Where none are selected the Tier is assumed to be assigned to All Homepages Assigned All Homepages Homepages Jooren eeo z Training Homepage ee ee eee m m m m m m 71 3 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 47 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 10 Deleting an Assigned Homepage 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Advanced tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Permissions Status 2 Scroll to the Homepages section and uncheck the homepage s that you no longer want the page to be assigned to 2 Note The Homepage option will default will now revert to its default option and will be assigned to all homepages 3 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 48 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 11 Setting Page Tier Redirection Tiers can be set to redirect to
52. Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add an Online Poll Title Question Response 1 Response 2 Response 3 Response 4 Response 5 Response 6 Day Month Year Display From 1 14 12 2006 Day Month Year Display To i 14 1 2007 Enabled Yes Insert 4 Enter a Title for your Online Poll 5 Inthe Question text box enter the question or issue on which you want user feedback 6 Inthe Response text boxes enter the options that Website users may select as their choices when they vote Enter at least three response options for the question You can enter a maximum of 500 characters 7 Use the Display From drop down menu to select a date to display the poll in the website 8 Use the Display To drop down menu buttons to select the end of the display date 9 Select Yes for the Enabled drop down menu 10 Click on the Insert button not appearing on the public site your pages template may not support the module Follow the next steps to modify the pages template and publish your feature to the public site 4 7 2 Publishing your Online Poll feature on the Public Site The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature module within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for a module or Feature to be located
53. Selection button Content Folder Folder Location All Content Folders available EJ Default Content Documents J Public Site Content H Test 4 H Test 2 Save Folder Selection Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 95 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 18 Deleting Content Pool Items Content Pool Items may be deleted within Verdi Items may be retrieved from the Graveyard at any time and published to the live website 1 Use the Content Administration search facility to locate the Content Item to be deleted 2 Once located click on the Edit option Results Version Date Moditied 1 TOM A2005 2 33 00 Pe 3 Click on the Delete button Locations Previa Version Control General Permissions Ei Version 7 Live 4 You will be prompted with a confirmation box click OK to delete the content pool item or click on the Cancel button to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer a re you sure you want to delete this Content Pool Item lt J This will send it to the Graveyard where only Site Administrators can retreive it Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 96 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 19 Restoring Content Pool Items Using Graveyard
54. Sheet Administration Templates Administration Content Features Advanced Users NOUS SITE STRUCTURE The Site Structure area allows you to adjust all of the content and structure within your site The use of a tree structure also allows you to clearly view the organisation of information and navigation pages Users can refresh the content administration tree structure revealing any structure updates The navigation uses a tree structure Selecting the F icon will expand a tree and the icon will reduce the tree structure view The Site Structure maintains all the homepages tiers and content pages within your site Eb D Content AE Odd New Content 3 The content expand allows you to add a content pool item to a particular tier E Add Page to this Tier Users can add pages to a tier For example you can have a main category Tier 1 then add a sub category Tier 2 underneath it STYLE SHEET ADMINISTRATION The Style Sheet Administration area relates to the font colour and layout styles used within the content pages of the site This area can only be edited by high level system administrators Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 15 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Site Structure Refresh E 4dd Homepage E Add Page to all Homepages orri verdi CMS Site Structure amp Refresh 7 BS Add Homepage Add Page to all Homepages h Verdi CMS D
55. The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature IP type within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for an IP Type or Feature to be located When creating your features tier locations a message will display if the pages template does not support the selected IP type The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it 1 Find the content item you wish your feature to be displayed on a Select Article Location Article Article Advanced Teaser Documents Versions Locations apply to all versions Select Add New Location Article Location w Locations apply to all versions This is a test news category Article Locations Page Fixed Location Homepage Council News news article belongs to one of those categories Page Options Fixed Location Homepage j Council N ews a ee A SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS a an aa am aa a ae Using the Tier drop downs select the page you wish the feature to be displayed on Article Article Advanced Article Location Teaser Teaser Location p7 Page Homepages Please Select a Homepage w Tier 1 E No Sub pages Available v Tier 2 Select Parent First x Tier 3 Select Parent First w Enabled Yes iv Click Save Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 Use
56. Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 172 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 2 Summary of Exercises To display the A to Z Listing on your website you must follow these exercises 1 Create Edit a page In order to display the A to Z module on your public website you must add a new page or edit an existing page on your website In this example we will add a new page 2 ww Edit template settings on this page to display the A to Z module on that page To display the A to Z module on an existing page you must select that page from the site structure and click it to edit the page This will allow you to edit the template settings of this page 21 Note if the option is not available ask your site admin to make it available See section 5 4 3 Populate your A to Z Listing with a list of website page links The public display of the A to Z Listing module comprises of a listing of entries of links to other pages in your website In order to populate the A to Z Listing module with these entries you must find each page which you wish to list and add them individually to the list Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 173 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 3 Exercises 5 3 1 Create Edit a page In order to
57. WINDOW SETTINGS OF A PAGE c ccccssceeeseeeeseeeeeseeeseeeeesseeeeseseseseeenseneeens 41 2 6 ADMINISTERING THE PAGE TIER TEMPLATE c cccssscccsssccsssccssssccssssccsseeesseeecsseeecssseecssasecssasesssaeecssaeeeens 43 2 7 EDITING A HOMEPAGE OR PAGES TIER vise iewenss of2ib5 scoeteana ces aneer een ealaceoie teem nor ne eed coe bens eeaalelowe 45 2 8 DELETING A HOMEPAGE OR PAGE IER caincieticste conte ceenatitecsatencs atlas cedaneccdannlptedoaencerdar andes aceteoee token ra tees 46 2 9 ASSIGNING A PAGE TIER TO A HOMEPAGE issip25 secant vaedeces teaanmaddosinas sataaen deviates tataenedandtaraadenmncdeaierhdeaaeus 47 2 10 DELETING AN ASSIGNED HOMEPAGE sssssssssesssseessseesssresssreessrressereessrtessseesssrresssrtesseressseeesseressereesssrrssereesen 48 2c SETTING PAGE MER REDIRECTION ariinimdoo aaan a O O N 49 2 11 71 Redirecting to First SUD7D AGC senenta iran E AEE A E A AEA 49 2 11 2 Redirecting to a specific page cccccccccccsscccsessccceseeeeesesaeeeseeeeesssseeeesesaeeesesaeeesesaseceseaaesesesaaeeeeeaaeeess 49 2 11 3 Redir ting toan External UR Lirnicincenireriiatiaiee reinoirei en a EAE AEREA E S 50 2 12 ADMINISTERING HOMEPAGE AND PAGE PERMISSIONS ccccscccesssccessseceeeecesseecesseecesseeeesseceeeseeeesseeeesseeens 51 2 12 1 Accessing the Permission Area cccccccccccsssccccsesssceeceeessceeceesesaseeceeessaeeeceesssaeeecesensseeceeessaaeeceseeesaeeeeees 51 2 12 2 Setting IP Address PELiM
58. Website amateur hour must end A brief free article about the detrimental effect on business of unprofessional web developers Questions to ask a web developer A brief free article which suggests some questions to ask a web developer before deciding to do business Questions your web developer should ask you A brief free article about key business related questions that a web developer should ask a new client Note The report will generate a snapshot of the current site map which may be printed using your browser print function F am tc tt tt mc SS lt SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS S S S S S S S S S S S S a e m e e e e e e e e m Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 296 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 5 Permissions Report The Permissions Report displays a complete allocation listing of each users permissions both administration and public permissions 1 Click on the Permissions menu option The report will start generate a listing of all the users permissions roles and activities Permissions keith Keith VWoods Type Role Actmity For Allow Site Administrator Allow Administer system settings bsmith Ben Smith Type Role Actmity For Allow Site Administrator Allow Site Administrator jason Jason Norris Type Role Actmity For Allow Site Administrator D bogey mu
59. a database 14 Auto response Setup See step 4 1 6 15 Select the INSERT button ee 2 You have now created your feature within the administration area If the feature is not appearing on the public site your pages template may not support the IP type Follow the next steps to modify the pages template and publish your feature to the 4 1 2 Publishing your Form feature on the Public Site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 103 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature IP type within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for an IP Type or Feature to be located 1 Find the content item you wish your feature to be displayed on a Select Edit next to the page name on the form listing page New Form Existing Forms 1 Contact Form Edit Delete Website Home Contact Us Edit Or a From the Site Structure left navigation select the page you wish the feature to be displayed on b Select the Template Settings Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the Choose Template radio button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 3 Select Show Layout button
60. amp EO Add Content to the selected Workflow Group Add test 2 to the workflow group Existing Group Selecta Group O r Create a new group Add Select an existing workflow group using the drop down OR create a new group by entering the group name in the provided text field Select the Add button The About Workflow Groups screen will then load E ad eal ae About Workflow Groups Workflow Groups are used to speed up the workflow approval process when requesting approval for multiple pieces of content All content within the workflow group will be considered as one item for the workflow process and can only be approved as a group Existing Workflow Groups Name Content Assigned Workflow Status Actions itest group 2 i itest group 1 iQ 0 Add a new group Add Your content has now been assigned to a workflow group Content Editor goes back to step 1 until all content is created updated and added to the group Content Editor Requests Approval of Workflow Groups 1 Select the magnifying glass icon on the workflow group you wish to request approval for Existing Workflow Groups Name Content Assigned Workflow Status Actions test group 2 lt q 0 test group 1 lt i Add a new group Add 2 The workflow group s screen will load displaying all the content items that belong to the group You can view modify and delete content items from
61. amp EO 7 3 Adding a User to a Group Within the left hand menu tree structure the following icons are used A Denotes a single user fa Denotes a group of users 1 Click on the user that you want to add to a group TETI 2 Select the Group Memberships tab Default Group Memberships Permissions S aD D V e Q 5 O F aD D O Y 5 3 QM Q 3 From the Unassigned Groups box select the group s that you want the user to belong to Hold down CRTL to select multiple groups Then click on the left arrow button to assign the groups Member of Unassigned Groups Site Administrators Training Custom Group Custom Group 2 Save ibe All Senior Staff Ea Assign to User Groups Member of Unassigned Groups Site Administrators ibe All Senior Staff Training Custom Group Custom Group 2 Save 4 Click the Save button to complete the group assignment Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 209 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 4 Adding Multiple Users to a Group 1 Click on the Group name that the users need to be assigned to f Users Everyone A 4dd anew group Ge Add anew user 2 Click onthe User Members tab General Group Members User Members Permissions 3 Select the users that you want to add from the Unassigned Use
62. by some modules such as Site Search Enter a new Title Abbreviation of your choice This abbreviation is displayed in the site navigation Add an Admin Reference Title which is displayed in the admin only Add an HTML Title to override the title displayed in the title bar of the browser Add a Public URL This overrides the URL and allows users to create Friendly URL s for better Re iL Eas O 8 The Display Position will default to the order in which the page was created however it can be overridden to change the order in which the pages are displayed 9 Enter a Description of the page This description is used by search engines 10 Enter some Search Engine Keywords These keywords are common words or phases entered by users into search engines such as Google and who are searching for information or a website A comma should separate each word Alternatively select keywords by clicking on the Keyword Dictionary option 11 Enter a Search Engine Description approx 25 words for the homepage This text will appear as part of the search results when users are searching for the site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 25 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Di i a ee ee ee eee eee m Custom Fields No Custom Fields were found for this item 13 The Custom Fields section allows you to adapt the style
63. change the order in which the pages are displayed 7 Enter a Description of the page This description is used by search engines 8 Enter some Search Engine Keywords These keywords are common words or phases entered by users into search engines such as Google and who are searching for information or a website A comma should separate each word Alternatively select keywords by clicking on the Keyword Dictionary option Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 33 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO pe a a a a a a a a a 4 contact your Site Administrator should you need keywords added to the dictionary See section 4 for further information _ _ Custom Fields No Custom Fields were found for this item 10 The Custom Fields section allows you to adapt the style of that tier Scheduling Options Live Date 06 02 2008 0413PmM E Calendar Archive Date SS m Calendar Never Archive Iv Refresh Date 05 02 2009 0413PM Calendar 11 Set the Live Date which determines when the homepage will be displayed on the site 12 Set the Archive Date or check the Never Archive option this is set by default which determines when the homepage will be removed from the site 13 Set the Refresh Date which determines when an email notification will be sent to the designated pa
64. date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format Section Title 5 Enter a Default value for the custom field if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field 6 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add Se Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field Select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 10 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 11 Click the Save button to finish er a rn nr a Tr rt tt et a a Er Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 279 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E
65. edit Mo edit Mo edit Mo edit No Mo edit Mo edit Mo edit Mo edit Mo edit Mo edit Yes edit Mo edit Mo edit 1 Select the desired date range to search on using the Search form E Non Archived events These are the events on your site which are yetto reach their archive date Ifyou wish to view older items please use the search Add an Event Document Live Date Title 7 y Enabled Options Test Event 1 04012010 g i Today gt True edit del Test Event 1 Copy 0401 2010 wk Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat True edit del 4 1 2 a 4 5 6 Search J T a 9 10 11 12 135 6 14 15 16 17 15 19 20 This will enable you to search archived and ni a 2 23 24 25 2 F e individual fields below will cause those fields to be ignored in E Title Time 15 58 Select date Live Date Between 15 02 2010 14 58 FCalendar And moze Calendar elclitmeruty yyy HH mimi iii d search J 2 Click Search to reload the events list containing all events with a start date that falls within the selected date range Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 October 2014 Shane Kelly Document Page 134 Date Updated By IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Search Results Title Live Date Archive Date Options Another test event Copy 10022010 15 02 2010 edit del Another test event 10022010 18022010 edit del Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide
66. for the content to be available on the website or whether it is only available offline 10 File Extensions Enter the allowed file extension s for the content Example xls for an MS Excel file and doc for a MS Word file 11 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 238 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 9 2 Editing a Content Format 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate format Existing Formats Name Icon Supports Multiple Files Actions Inline Content Yes Est Delete PDF Yes Edit Delete Word W No Edit Delete Spreadsheet a Yes Edit Delete Powerpoint Yes Edit Delete Rich Text Format cal Yes Edit Delete text Yes Edit Delete HTML Yes Edit Delete Flash O No Edit Delete Microsoft Excel Template No Edit Delete Microsoft Word Document Template No Edit Delete Microsoft PowerPoint Slide Show No Edit Delete Create Format f a ov Name MultiFile Support Yes Multiple files per Content Item Icon Browse Select Existing Icon Display Inline No Display a link to this file v Embed Type HTML w This is only valid for Formats which display inline t affects how PortalMaster tries to display the Content on the Page External URL No This is a file form
67. in place to monitor and manage how your business communicates Verdi uses one of two workflow systems depending how your particular system is set up either Verdi Standard Workflow or Verdi Advanced Workflow If your system has Verdi Standard Workflow at present this can be upgraded by installing and configuring the Advanced Workflow module Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 181 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 2 Verdi Standard Workflow Verdi Standard Workflow is the process through which Content Editors can request that their content be approved by Content Publishers 6 2 1 Overview Approving individual content items with default workflow To get a single item of content approved first a content editor must request that a Verdi Content Publisher user review their content and either Approve or Deny that it be published E g Approves Content made LIVE to site nar Content Requests Approval Item via auto email form Content Boa not approved CONTENT CONTENT ADMINISTRATORI PUBLISHER WRITER Approving groups of content items with default workflow Alternatively a content editor can choose to request a group of content items be reviewed and therefore approved or denied as one decision E g CONTENT ADMINISTRATOR CONTENT WRITER PUBLISHER Creates Assigns to Content Item Workflow
68. in the Description box Enter a brief description in the Summary box Enter the name of the organisation or department in the Employer box Enter a salary rate in the Rate box This could be hourly rate biweekly salary or annual salary Enter a work location for the position in the Location text box This may be a geographical location or an internal department Enter a start date of employment in the Start Date box Select the date you want the advertisement to appear on the website from the Display Start date menu Select the date you want the advertisement to finish displaying on the website from the Display End date menu Enter the name of the person to be contacted for the advertised position in the Contact Name box Enter the details of the person to be contacted in the Contact Details box You may want to enter the person s contact number or email Set Enabled to Yes to display the position in the selected location Click the Insert button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 118 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 2 2 Publishing your Employment feature on the Public Site The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature IP type within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for an IP Type
69. intended as an alternative to assigning any of the other modules into a template section Shopping Catalogue TE Inserts the Product Catalogue Navigation E E To display Description and Description Graphic of the current Tier also described as Tier Element Description To display description of the current tier also described as Introduction Tier Content Displays Inline Content Items assigned to the current Tier Tier Title with Breadcrumb As above but also with breadcrumb showing the users current i position within the website IA e g Home gt Subpage gt sub subpage Custom Navigation Style IP Customised to each site Types Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 303 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO
70. link the new contact you just created to your event as described in point 2 above 6 Search External Contact and add the desired contacts to your event 4 3 12 Adding an Event Display Location 1 Edit the required event and click on the Locations tab General Teaser Documents Versions Contacts el Locations apply to all versions 2 Click Add a Location Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 132 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO General Teaser Documents Contacts Locations Versions wl k Locations apply to all versions Add a location Location Options Shire of Esperance Events edit del Shire of Esperance Services Youth amp Children Test Subpage 3 edit del The page will display the Add Display Location form Page Homepages Please Select aHomepage Tier 1 No sub pages Available Tier 2 SelectParentFirst mers Select Parent First Order Select a page first This will not take affect if you have Events displaying on the site in alphabetical order Full event Display Shire of Esperance f Events ha Location A full event display location must be selected for an event teaser to display This is the location the user vill be taken to when viewing the full event after they click onthe teaser Save 3 Use the D
71. menu to select an area of the page to display the content CERT 5 Ifa number of Inline Content Pool Items have been assigned to the same section of the page use the Order Position drop down menu to order the items 6 Set Enabled to Yes to activate the display location 7 Click on the Save button to finish 3 Note Further display locations may be added to a Content Pool Item allowing you to display the same content in different locations throughout the website Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 92 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 15 Editing a Display Location for a Content Pool Item 1 Edit the required Content Pool Item and click on the Locations tab on the top navigation bar Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions 2 Click on the Edit option for the display location you would like to change Tier Locations Page Name Onti 3 Make any required changes and click on the Save button to finish Homepages Homepage Tier 1 Tier 1 Tier 2 Ho Sub pages Available Tier 3 Select Parent First Administer this Page Section Grid Position Order Position Highlighted Enabled Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 93 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated B
72. network is using supporting LDAP technology NT Windows NT This is applicable if your network is using supporting Windows NT authentication Ensure Enabled is set to Yes Enabling Remember Login will set a permanent cookie rather than a session cookie Setting a permanent cookie will enable the PC to remember that you have been to the website before and maintain a login status A session cookie expires after a certain amount of time which means when you visit the website again you will have to login Set Enabled to Yes to activate the user Fill in the User Details The items marked with an asterisk are mandatory fields that must be filled in Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 205 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO User Details Synch to extemal DB Mo Never synchronise default z First Name o Sumame po Salutation a Email _ 7 Home Phone si Work Phone Oo Mobile EEE Fax Street Address Suburb E Postcode es State Country R 10 Defaults section The options in this section allow the administrator to set a Default Folder for the user when adding content as well as setting a Default Homepage for the user Defaults Default Folder All Content Folders available C General Content Default Homepage Homepages Please Select a Homepage
73. of that tier Scheduling Options Live Date 06 02 2008 o443PmM E Calendar Archive Date aad m Calendar Never Archive lv Refresh Date 05 02 2009 0413PM E Calendar 14 Set the Live Date which determines when the homepage will be displayed on the site 15 Setthe Archive Date or check the Never Archive option this is set by default which determines when the homepage will be removed from the site 16 Set the Refresh Date which determines when an email notification will be sent to the designated page contact to alert the user that the tier needs updating Showin Navigation Yes Linkin the Navigation Area v Enabled Yes Display on Site v 17 Select Yes Link in the Navigation Area to Show in Navigation 18 Ensure that the Enabled option is set to Yes Display on Site 19 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 26 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 1 1 Template Settings Tab 1 Click on the Template Settings tab at the top of the page General Links 2 Select 2 Subpage from the Choose Template option Template Settings Choose Template 3 Edit the individual Places to assign the desired Module to that Place by clicking on the edit link Places select a place to configure Place Basic Site Search Breadc
74. or Feature to be located When creating your features tier locations a message will display if the pages template does not support the selected IP type The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it 1 Find the content item you wish your feature to be displayed on a Select Administer this tier element to take you directly to the tiers administration page Tier pee Content Pool Homepages Home iv SEIORBUSESE Taeg Ea ly Tier 2 Please Select a Page v Tier 3 Select Parent First The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it Or c From the Site Structure left navigation select the page you wish the feature to be displayed on d Select the Template Settings Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the Choose Template radio button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 3 Select Show Layout button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 4 The following screen will load Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 119 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Template Settings C Use Parent s Template Settings 2 Subpage v Show Layout Choose Template THE BIG GAME
75. the custom field if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 280 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add oO Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 10 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 11 Select Display in Public if applicable 12 Click the Save button to finish Et Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 281 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 5 Adding a Custom Field to Structure 1 Click on the Content Categories tab IP Types Users Other Category Content Format Content for Categories C Structure D All Conte
76. the site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 37 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Note Depending on your level of access within the Verdi Administration you may need to contact your Site Administrator should you need keywords added to the dictionary See section 4 for further information 12 Enter a Default Contact Email for the site Custom Fields No Custom Fields were found for this item 13 The Custom Fields section allows you to adapt the style of that tier Scheduling Options Live Date 06 02 2008 04143PmM E Calendar Archive Date m Calendar Never Archive lv Refresh Date 06 02 2009 o473Pm E Calendar 14 Set the Live Date which determines when the homepage will be displayed on the site 15 Set the Archive Date or check the Never Archive option this is set by default which determines when the homepage will be removed from the site 16 Set the Refresh Date which determines when an email notification will be sent to the designated page contact to alert the user that the tier needs updating Showin Navigation Yes Linkin the Navigation Area v Enabled Yes Displayon Site v 17 Ensure that the Show in Navigation option is set to No Hide in Navigation Display Options Show in Navigation No Hide in Navigation Enabled ne Note To indicate th
77. this screen Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 187 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly test group prova for this group has not been requested Content in this Group Name Version Actions tt 1 Qg test2 1 a T Request Approval 3 Select the Request Approval button Content Editor chooses one or more publishers to request approval from The select a Publisher to Notify screen will be displayed as below Using this screen you can select a publisher you wish to notify to approve your content and make live to the public site a Tick the publisher s you Search Veorkiow Tasks Yeorkiow Groups Email Updates wish to approve your content Only one publisher can approve your content This list of publishers is made up of Select a Publisher to Notify any administration user RS won galori kroon te Bat WA D KODRA Dy Omal kiad id NOREA GAM IO SAVA aal who has permission to C Keith Woods perform publishing C Ben Smith activities to the site You C Jason Noris can select more than one a eolia to increase the chances of AE James Kerford one of the publishers C Be Adininistrator reviewing and approving M Leah Dent your content C Leah_SystemAdmin Dent b Enter any notes or comments in the free text field c Select the Request Approval button d An em
78. tier locations a message will display if the pages template does not support the selected module The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it 1 Find the content item you wish your feature to be displayed on a Select Administer this tier element to take you directly to the tiers administration page Tier 5 Content Pool Homepages Home E Seienn CE grg CETO M MERZ Please Select a Page vi Tier 3 Select Parent First The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it Or a From the Site Structure left navigation select the page you wish the feature to be displayed on b Select the Template Settings Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the Choose Template radio button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 3 Select Show Layout button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 4 The following screen will load Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 138 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Template Settings C Use Parent s Template Settings 2 Subpage v Show Layout Choose Template THE BIG GAME CONTENT MANAGEMENT STSTEM The Try Det fwert A QUICK HOME RUN
79. times under each letter heading l Note The standard scheduling enabling features of pages will apply to the A to Z Listing module i e if a page is scheduled to be removed from the site at a particular date or the page is manually disabled then the A to Z Listing entries for that page will also be removed at the same time This means you don t need to remember to remove the links to an old page from the A to Z Listing 1 PE tt St S E S B A S N a a a e e a o e a e m a a a a a a a J Example One A to Z listing entry for a particular page Description Read all about Verdi CMS 4 Continue from step 1 for any other page you would like displayed in the A Z Listing Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 176 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 4 A Z Listing Module Advanced Site Administration This information has been provided as reference and is only applicable to Site Administrators interested in customising the A to Z Listing module settings 5 4 1 Custom IP Type Modules The IP Types Modules tab located under Advanced gt Custom Fields Administration shows the A Z Listing Module Custom Fields E Content EEE Content Eormat Content for Categories structure Al Content B Advanced Users Other Category Custom Fields Administration E Site Variables aa ration
80. today Mar 2011 colour schemes Ab toca May 20L1 Day Wosk Sun Mon Tue Wod tho f Sat 6 7 4 3 1 Adding an Event 1 Click on the Events Calendar option under Features E Features Dynamic Forms O Employment O FAQs O Mailing Lists O News B Polls O Site Shortcuts Analytics Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 123 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 Click on the Add an Event button Add an Event 3 The Insert Events form will be displayed General Category a oe Categories te Os Document 7 ge a Events 0 Web Page Content Title Summan Description b CAE A A G eA z j 4 Baw ASA T g B 7 U A E S232 3 237 SEE Aann B A 0 x lt b v Font Name 7 Size Apply C55 Class Custom Links Normal a a D 4 Category Select an existing Category using the Category Tree If the category does not exist it can be added through Categories Administration as described in Administering Content Categories 5 Title Enter a title for the event in the Title text box This will be displayed as the main title for the event 6 Summary Enter a brief Summary for the Event The summary will be shown within the public sites search results 7 Description Enter a description for the event adding imag
81. v1 Page 135 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 4 Frequently Asked Questions FAQ s Verdi enables you to add a selection of Frequently Asked Questions FAQ s and the associated answers that are relevant to the website 4 4 1 Adding an FAQ 1 Click on the FAQ s option under Features E Features Dynamic Forms Employment Events Calendar Mailing Lists News Polls Site Shortcuts Analytics 2 Click onthe Add a new FAQ button 3 The FAQ form will be displayed Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 136 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO FAQ Category Choose an existing ple ase select category or enter new ee category below Question Answer FAQ Link external Choose anew internal jaro Piease Selecta Tier aa Tier 1 SelectParentFirst Tier 2 Select Parent First Tier 3 Select Parent First FAQ Link internal Tier 1 Location Tier 1 Enabled 4 Select an existing FAQ Category from the drop down menu or enter a new category in the text box below Enter the Question you would like to display Enter the Answer to the question you would like to display If the FAQ has a related external link to another website ente
82. will be notified by email that the Yorktow Group is ready for approval workflow activity You C Keith Woods can select more than ascites one to increase the eure chances of one of the M Ellen Dunidey workflow users C James Kertord reviewing and approving L Site pae _ Leah Dent your content Leah_SystemAdmin Dent b Enter any notes or Notes comments in the free text field c Select the Request Approval button Request Approval The content item status will now display as Requested Not Approved This is how that status of this item will remain until it has been approved or denied by the workflow process Version 1 Requested Not Approved 5 The Selected Advanced Workflow Process performs the following 4 steps for each workflow activity in the process Once the following four steps have been carried out the workflow process will move onto the next activity it is programmed for and will repeat these four steps again until finally all the activities of the workflow have been exhausted 6 3 2 1 1 Workflow user s receive an email notification to request them to review content An email will be sent to the selected workflow user s with links and details of the content to be reviewed and approved Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 196 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO E PortalMast
83. 11 3 Adding Keyword Categories to the Dictionary 1 Click on the Add a New word to the Dictionary link 4dd anew word to the Dictionary ae ad Document Date Updated By Enter your new keyword Meta KeyWords Form UT6 1 MetaKeyword Category Choose an existing category or enter a new category belik Subcategory Insert Enter a new Category for the keyword by typing it into the field Enter a Subcategory for the keyword if applicable Click on Insert to finish Your new category will now be available from the dropdown menu when you insert new keywords copy keywords or edit existing keywords Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 251 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 11 4 Making a Copy of a Meta Keyword This allows you to make a copy of a keyword by putting it into another category and subcategory by selecting Save As 1 Click on the Edit option for the keyword you wish to copy 2 Make any required changes Meta KeyWords Form UT6 1 MetaKeyword Hyper text Category please select v Choose an existing category or enter a new category below Common Subcategory Mispellings 3 Click on the Save As button to finish i a a a a a a Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 252 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated
84. 2 User Guide v1 Page 165 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 9 Adding Documents amp Document Lists The Document Lists module enables you to create a list of available documents ie PDF or Word with a description of their content for your users to view or download 4 9 1 Adding Documents to your site 1 Select the page that your document list will appear on from the Site Structure ol D Content 2 Click on the Template Settings tab on the top navigation The Template Settings form should load Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template setings gt Settings Advanced Permissions Status 3 From the options available select Choose Template and select lt preferred page template gt from the drop down menu and click Show Layout Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status Template Settings C Use Parent s Template Settings OR Choose Verdi CMS Subpage Mf _ Show Layout Template eee eee m 4 Use the drop down menus to select Document List in the Content Section you wish the document list to appear in Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 166 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 Utility
85. 3 15 1 ADDING A CUSTOM FIELD TO A CONTENT FORMAT ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecs 274 15 2 ADDING A CUSTOM FIELD TO AN IP TYPE MODULE c cccccscccccesseceesseeceeseeeesesseeeeeseeeeeseeseeesseeeeesaeees 276 15 3 ADDINGA CUSTOM FIELD TO USERS morreran eia i aa aia ia aa EEE i 278 15 4 ADDING A CUSTOM FIELD TO A CONTENT CATEGORY cccccccccccccccccccccccccccecceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 280 15 5 ADDING A CUSTOM FIELD TO STRUCTURE icccdedveccecncnadnnoacnacnadndoddionctaannaanccdciionccmannatelaadtionataanmemenadcbiondindemntngent 282 15 6 ADDING A CUSTOM FIELD TO ALL CONTENT cccccccccccsccccscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseaeaees 284 15 7 ADDING A CUSTOM FIELD TO CONTENT FOR CATEGORIES ssssseccccccccccccccccccsssssseeecccccccccececeaaeeseseces 286 15 8 EDITING CUSTOM FIELD Or a a a a aa 288 15 9 DELETING CUSTOM FIELDS a a a a aa 289 15 10 ADDING OPTIONS TO CUSTOM FIELDS arresi a a a AAA 290 16 VERDI ADMINISTRATION REPORTS eeeeeeeeeeeeecessssecscssscsecescecscccseeceecesecessecesseseseseeseeseseseeessesssessosssosoe 292 16 1 ACCESSING THE REPORTS AND AN OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARD REPORTS cccccccccecccccceeeseeessseeeeees 292 16 2 BROKENMILINKS R POR E a a a araa 294 16 3 UNCINKED FILES REPORT renari eet a a a e a a a aea 295 16 4 NAVIGATON STRUCTORE REPORT imere ara a a e a a a e aa 296 VG JP
86. 7 Group Homepage Homepages Please SelectaHomepage gt Tieri _ SelectParentrirst E Tierz SelectParentrirst E Ther 3 Select Parent First Save 4 Enter anew Group Name for the user group 5 Use the Data Type drop down menu to select how the user details will be stored and how they will be validated Options include DB Database The users name and information are stored in the Verdi database This is the default for most Verdi sites AD Active Directory This is applicable if your network is using supporting Active Directory LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol This is applicable if your network is using supporting LDAP technology NT Windows NT This is applicable if your network is using supporting Windows NT authentication 6 Domain Name e g ibc com au This is option is for public user access When a user signs up for a restricted area of the if the email address matches that of the domain specified for the group they will automatically be added to the group and therefore inherit all the of the permissions that are assigned to that group Set Enabled to Yes to activate the user group If applicable select a Group Homepage for the group Click the Save button to finish oe Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 208 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E
87. A Denotes a single user 1 Click on the Username for the user you would like to administer Users E8 Everyone Ey dd a new group GP Add a new user A IBC 4dd a new group GP Add a new user A Woods Keith keith A Smith Ben bsmith A Norris Jason jason A Kelly Shane shane L __ J 2 Make any required changes to the user record 3 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 221 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 8 Editing a User Group ay Denotes a group of users 1 Click on the Group name for the user group you would like to administer E Users Everyone A Add a new group Ge 4dd a new user Te et a tt e 2 Make any required changes to the User Group 3 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 222 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 9 Editing a User Permission 1 Click on the Username for the user you would like to administer E Users Everyone re Add a new group GP Add a new user IBC LB Add a new group GA Add a new user oe A Woods Keith keith A Smith Ben bsmith A Norris Jason jason A Kelly Shanefshane CRTR 2 Cl
88. A RENE EPA RORE EEES 182 6 2 1 OVO OW oaan a 182 6 2 2 Approving individual content items with standard WOrkTIOW cccccccssceeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeenseeensees 183 6 2 3 Approving groups of content items with default workflow ccccccccccccceeessceceesessceecesessseeceeessaeeees 186 63 WERDI L ADVANCED WORKFLOW sits disastiadacsi sass A A E T A anos 192 6 3 1 OVO O oo e a T O E OE E E E E 192 6 3 2 Approving individual content items with Advanced WOLrkfIOW cccccccccccessccesesseceeesseeeesesseeeseaes 195 7 USERS ADMINISTRATION 000000000000000000000000ssosssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssso 204 7 1 ADDING SUSE R er A T 204 Tee APD DING Fe GS Ee OP E an temmenasacsohta ues seeentae 207 Teac 2ZADDING A WSER TO A GROUP iranan A E EET O E A OA 209 7 4 ADDING MULTIPLE USERS TO A GROUP eee eeeeeeeesessssssesesseessssssessssessssssssesssessssssssessesssseeseesecececccses 210 7 5 ADDING A USER PERMISSION sico3 re acc cov esstzte ai aaincabieeet vaewas tauhscad Soamads oaer ee becuaeaasoalddent SasceaX palancotaieea Sachets 211 7 5 1 Setting a User Administration Permission ccccccccccccccccessscccecssscecccsessaeeccesssseeeceeessseeeceeeesseeecesenaes 212 TOZ weUuInd 2 USer PUDIIC Ferns SION urn Seat ao ha neiseshdua dics E E AEN 213 7 6 ADDING A GROUP PERMISSION 2s cc case stad etectavnan cals ected a a a a a ai aaa 216 7 6 1 Setting a Group A
89. By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 11 5 Deleting Single Meta Keywords from the Dictionary 1 2 3 Document Date Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO View the category your keyword resides under and click on the Delete option for the appropriate keyword Category Test Test Sub Master Click on the OK button to finish or click on Cancel to stop the deletion r Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 Are you sure you want to delete this Word Click on the OK button to remove all instances of the word that you have chosen to remove or click Cancel to leave the instances Microsoft Internet Explorer J P Would you like to remove all instances of Master Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 253 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 11 6 Deleting Multiple Meta Keywords from the Dictionary 1 Click on the Multiple Delete option link at the bottom of screen after the full listing of Keywords l a a al 2 Select the keywords you wish to remove by selecting the checkboxes Please select the Meta Keywords you wish to delete from the Dictionary and click Delete Checked Category SubCategory Keyword Content Management CMS Features Content Management CMS Verdi Delete Checked 3 Click on the Delete Checked button Please select the Meta Keywords you wish to delete from the Dictionary and click D
90. Content oo Add New Content rm f n A B thit j rri i rl f mr ATE 5 0D Verdi CMS dd Page to this Tier Site Map Copyright About Verdi why Verdi Features verdi Case Studies Deploying Verdi O Style Sheet Administration Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO TEMPLATES ADMINISTRATION The Templates Administration area relates to the template layouts used within the pages of the site Users can add and delete templates and edit the individual segments places and attachments within templates CONTENT The Content navigation area provides users with an additional way to organise and modify content within the site E Content Administration The Content Administration area allows high level administrators to search for content and modify workflows The search function allows users to search for particular items of content Ely Content Pool The Content Pool stores all the content within your site within Content Pool Items Content Pool Items can be thought of as wrappers around the individual files of content of your site such as HTML pages documents or images This area is useful when a structure has not been decided on yet Content publishers can write content without assigning it a location straight away Graveyard The Graveyard is where Content Pool Items are sent after they have been deleted
91. DELETING AN ALLOWED CONTENT FILE FORMAT ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccecceceecececcceceececeeececeeeeeeeecs 247 11 ADMINISTERING THE META KEYWORDS DICTIONARY cccsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscees 248 ADDING WORDS TO THE DICTIONARY aburi O E ss aac AN 248 EDITING KEYWORDS IN THE DICTIONARY wiicsteciitindein ves alti icielcomadintidchiatlieidcilcomiintidch eseese sessen seere 250 ADDING KEYWORD CATEGORIES TO THE DICTIONARY sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssaaaas 251 MAKING A COPY OF A META KEYWORD fi scicsinsdi ves iapieitsstasdaincied ialvosivsiawesaviaideaonsianesideaceediesswweu vieceaensiaveusxtetccn 252 DELETING SINGLE META KEYWORDS FROM THE DICTIONARY 00000eeeeeeeeeeeesesesssssessssssssssssessssssssssseseeees 253 DELETING MULTIPLE META KEYWORDS FROM THE DICTIONARY 0 0seeeeeeeeeeeeseeeessesssesssesssseeeseseeeeeeees 254 12 STYLE SHEET ADMINISTRATION rua 255 gta IMPORTING Wor Bd Bl Seco 1c el opener PO a a em tS Ene SN ne OP AID E SENOS aOR OU oR Ta 255 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 6 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 122 SDECETING AST VEE SHEET sinwsovsatinsedsowancedaaceboandevwuscandeaeiianvensellandvebisuieuepeeuaadsinbalicensinnelaadsadauienenensaddsnodnaenwsntiads 257 13 DOMAINS ADMINISTRATION iine
92. DF and Flash 9 1 Adding a New Content Format 1 Click on Content Formats link from within the Advanced section E Advanced Custom Fields Administration Site Variables Administration Domains Administration Reports Content Categories Interaction Point Types Meta Keywords Dictionary Q D 4D QD Q 9 o W a 3 a Xi S 5 W Dj Q Q Sy Q Q 2 Click on the Add a Content Format link or the Create Format button at the bottom of screen Existing Formats C Name Icon Supports Mi Inline Content Yes PDF ja Yes Word w No c M MM Spreadsheet X Yes Content Format Administration Pawarnaint Ves Rich Text Format Yes text Yes HTML Yes Flash No Microsoft Excel Template No Microsoft Word Document Template No Microsoft PowerPoint Slide Show No Create Format i 2 Note The Add a Content Format form should load Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 237 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 Enter a Content Format Name of your choice f a o Name MultiFile Support Yes Multiple files per Content Item w icon Browse Select Existing Icon Display Inline No Display a link to this file v Embed Type HTML This is only valid for Formats which display inline t affects how PortalMaster tries to display
93. Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 11 2 Setting Public User Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Fublic Permissions These parmissions denne who can view this Page in the publi sile The Edit the public permissions permissions for the page Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most often used to Initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this ltem Add Penmission Wiser Permission rf Add 2 Select User Permission from the Add Permission option User Allg Deny LF Note The Public Permissions page will load displaying options for administering public level of access you may need to speak to your Site Administrator to have users added or removed from the list 4 Select to Allow or Deny the user from using the drop down menu 5 Click on the Save button to finish 3 11 3 Setting Public Group Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Fublic Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the publi site The afawiticteatewel peonle access Edit the public permissions 2 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 85 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0
94. E S S S O S E a a a a s e e a a a a a e a a n l 3 Select the IP Type that you want to add a custom field to Add a Custom Field for an IP Type IP Type Basit Search v Name Type Text v Default value Size Required Yes v Description Interface Type Text al Interface Order 1 2 Display in Public LJ 4 Enter a Name for the field 5 Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format section Title Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 276 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Co
95. EAMISSIONS IEP OR r n a tee A a a a 297 16 6 GONTENT LIFECYCLE REPORT narran e a AA T a 298 16 7 CONTENT GREATION REPORT voee a E eae OTE E AEA E EA E AG 299 168 KEYWORDS REPOR Taari REA R E R A R A 300 16 9 TEMPLATE USAGE FE ROR T wcacccet ces csv cas cotar cn gacectcag cauaccloa lex cas Colavca gectcheas sacnecna choc can oelazea padecbeau capaectachitxcadeadtees 301 17 APPENDIX I INTERACTION POINT TYPES MODULES cssssccssscscccccssccscccesscscccscessssceeeees 302 Document Date Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 7 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Getting Started with Verdi The Verdi Enterprise CMS also known simply as Verdi has been selected as the Website management tool What is a Content Management System CMS A CMS is a system that allows non technical people to efficiently and easily manage a website Verdi is designed to provide maximum ownership to all users reducing the cost of support and maintenance to the Portal This comprehensive Content Management System CMS provides a dynamic communication hub between the organisation and its stakeholders There are two main areas within Verdi 1 The Administration where the management of Verdi is controlled and conducted through a secure password protected login 2 The Public Site which is generally accessible by all users unless sections r
96. EO 10 3 Editing a Content Category or Sub category 1 Click on the category you want to edit Category Tree Tt Add a new category 2 Make the necessary changes H G Edit Category Name Web Page Content Formats Allowed Formats Disallowed Formats Inline Content A i a Spreadsheet Powerpoint ae Default To make this category no longer the default another category will have to be made the default Default Content 7 Default Folder 3 Click on the Save button to finish Q D 4D D 9 gt D D Q Q lt N D Q z Q 5 OQO o 4D A iq Q Q 5 gt 9D QO QO 9 5 h O D aD Q Q Di D N a o 9 gt Q 5 O Q Q gt Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 244 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 10 4 Deleting a Single Content Category or Sub category 1 Click on the category or sub category that you want to delete Category Tree Edit Category Name Web Page Content 3 Click on the OK button to finish or click on Cancel to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer J re you sure you want to delete this Format tuu Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 245 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in
97. Go Add Category Name Formats Allowed Formats Disallowed Formats inline Content Default No Default Content b C Default Folder Save Cancel 4 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 242 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 10 2 Adding a Content Sub Category What is a Content Sub Category A content Sub category is a category that can be added within a main content category For Example You may have a main category for Documents and then may want to break down further into types of documents like Accounting Documents x s formats 1 Click the plus next to the Category that you want to add a sub category to Category Tree GP Add a new category Oo Web Page Content C amp P Add a new category 2 Click on the Add a new Category link Add Category Name Formats Allowed Formats Disallowed Formats Inline Content A g PDF gt Word Spreadsheet v Default No wy Default Content C Default Folder Save Cancel 3 Enter a name for your Sub Category of your choice 4 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 243 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp
98. I ROLES ciciocs ts ciocanancudestaaciaeinascasoadnrcoxaues bos aathuaci eaarendoates das bsestadanan cemeeascodeaereesmnecetaatact 235 8 5 MODIFYING ACTIVITY ROLE ASSIGNMENT 0sssssssssssssccccccccccccssseessssssssssecccscccccccsesseseeesssssssscsseseesseaaas 236 9 ADMINISTERING CONTENT FORMATS cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccsccccecccees 237 9 1 ADDING A NEW CONTENT FORMAT roii ai a Bersted aased Retina aes esau bd isd Posen needed AA tee 237 92 JEDMING A CONTENT FORMAT cesestucscucessdisusocaese a a pied ene n A 239 9 3 DELETING AJ CONTENT FORMAT arre E N N N A 240 10 ADMINISTERING CONTENT CATEGORIES eeeeeeeeeseessesesceseccccececscscscesesseseseeseseseesessssesesessesesessssssesse 241 10 1 ADDING A NEW CONTENT CATEGORY eeensseeeseseeecesereeosnsssesseerecoccreeronssnesessreeocerrroonesenessererocecreetessssseerorees 241 10 2 ADDING A CONTENT SUB CATEGORY eeessssseessseeecccereeosesssessserececcreeronssresessreeocorrrtosenessererocecrerrresssererorees 243 10 3 EDITING A CONTENT CATEGORY OR SUB CATEGORY 0 ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceccceccceeccecceceececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeecs 244 10 4 DELETING A SINGLE CONTENT CATEGORY OR SUB CATEGORY ccccccccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeens 245 10 5 ADDING AN ALLOWED CONTENT FILE FORMAT cccccccccscssssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssccccccsccsccsssscsccsssccsscsssssssssees 246 10 6
99. INKS cccccscccsssscccesseecessseeeseseecessssecesssseeesesaeeeeseaeeeseeaes 63 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 3 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 20 ADDING HOMEPAGE AND TIER RELATED LINKS ccccccsecccccsccccccsccccccccccccsecccceseecccaecccesscccaucececaceceususcs 63 2 21 EDITING HOMEPAGE AND TIER RELATED LINKS c ccccccccccccccsecccsssssssscccccccecccccessseesesssssssseccceessccsseeeass 64 2 22 DELETING SINGLE HOMEPAGE AND PAGE RELATED LINKS ccccccessseeecccceccccssseccccccccacssseccccceeaueseeeeess 64 3 CREATING AND MANAGING CONTENT cccccsssssssssssssscsssssssssccccssssssssssccsscscsssssscsscssssssssccssssssssssccees 65 3 1 CREATING A NEW CONTENT POOL ITEM USING THE CONTENT ADMINISTRATION cccccccccsssssesssesseseeeess 65 3 2 ADDING CONTENT USING THE WYSIWYG EDITOR 2 0 2000 cccssssssssssssssssssssvsssssvssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeees 68 3 3 ADDING OTHER FILE TYPES TO A CONTENT POOL ITEM uu ccc ecceccccssesesccccceseevsssssssssssssssssssscssscessosseseeeeees 71 3 4 CREATING A NEW CONTENT POOL ITEM USING THE STRUCTURE ADMINISTRATION cccccccccccccceeeeeeeseee eee 73 3 5 PREVIEWING NEWLY CREATED INLINE CONTENT cccceceeeceeeeessessnnscccccccceccecessessssssssnssecececeeeececeesesteeeas 74
100. Log Out link located in the page footer The Verdi Login Page should appear Public Site Log out Turn on Edit Pencil Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 13 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 4 Verdi Interface amp Navigation 1 4 1 Interface Overview Once you have logged in successfully the Index page will be displayed This page displays links to all the functions available within Verdi Verdi CAAS Administration Turn Edit ve rd j Logged in as Admin Default User Sy Pencil on Log out portarnaster emtennse cirs O Site Structure T a j Refresh Content Template Administration 3 BS Add Homepage E Add Page to all Homepages m Verdi cms Graveyarc Templates Content Administration Retrieve deleted content O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration Advanced E Content Features Custom Fields Administration Features Dynamic Forms Ee E Advanced Site Variables Administration E Users Employment Te Domain Administration Events Calendar Reports FAQs Content Formats Mailing Lists C ent Categories Administer Lists or post a message content Categorie R Interaction Point Types News Balls Meta Keywords Dictionary Site Shortcuts S x Index Public Site Log out Turn on Edit Pencil Date 5 2 2008 Time 3 01 PM Above Verdi Administration Interface Top Header This ar
101. MS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 284 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 Enter a Default value for the custom flied if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field 6 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add oo Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 10 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 11 Select Display in Public and or Include in Search if applicable 12 Click the Save button to finish e741 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 285 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 7 Adding a Custom Field to Content for Categories 1 Click on the Content for Categories tab IP Types Users Other Category Conte
102. MS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 73 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 5 Previewing Newly Created Inline Content New content can be previewed in context within the site to make sure it is displaying correctly 2 Note Inline Content Preview is only used for Newly Created Content not for previewing existing content that you may edit Inline Content is defined as HTML or WYSIWYG content by Verdi and is created using Verdi s WYSIWYG Editor Imported files cannot be previewed 1 Edit your content item and Click on the Preview tab on the top navigation bar Locations Status Version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions Oe rr 2 Display On work through the drop down menus to select the page to display your content on 3 Section Select which Section Grid Position the content will appear in The sections that are available are dependant upon the tier template settings General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions Locations Preview Status version Control Version 2 Not Approved Display On Homepages Please Select a Homepage v Tier 1 E No Sub pages Available Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First v Currently assigned locations test page Section Grid no section selected v Position m E a C een D 4 Click on the Preview button t
103. ONTENT MANAGEMENT STSTEM A QUICK HOME RUN 3 TAI Poma i Wea be De Athul Pied Leciert in DIA a 1S PS ittenta ini Affan imaces friem Ceetes Angren Coste 5 Select which section of the template you wish your feature to display by clicking on the relevant drop down field Find your feature item and select Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 159 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 Utility Navigation Utility Navigation 2 Site Search Verdi Basic Search v 3 Main Navigation Main Navigation 4 Left Sub Navigation Sub Navigation v 5 Tier Title with Verdi Tier Title with Breadcrumb Breadcrumb 6 Content Section1 Inline Content by Section ID 7 Content Section 2 Inline Content by Section ID v 5 Content Section 3 Inline Content by Section ID 9 Content Section 4 Inline Content by Section ID v 10 Footer Navigation Footer Navigation w Preview Set Options 6 Select the Preview Set Options button to save your changes 4 7 3 Editing a Poll 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate Poll PortalMaster Enabled Edit Is PortalMaster easy bo use Yes very Some things are easy Mo not really View Poll Results 2 Make the necessary changes 3 Click on the Update button 4 7 4 Deleting an Online Poll 1 Click on the Delete option for the ap
104. Page 111 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 1 7 Editing an Existing Dynamic Form 1 To edit an existing dynamic form simply click on the Edit option for the appropriate form New Form Existing Forms 1 Contact Form Edit Pp elete Website Homel Contact Us Edit 2 Make any necessary changes to the form details 3 Click on the Update button to finish ee Auto Yes y Include user responses in notification email esponse the address that Auto Response will use as the users email address Auto Response IBC Notice Subject Auto Response From are Response Thank you for submitting your request ody Make Default SaveAs Update 4 1 8 Editing Form Fields 1 To edit existing dynamic form field elements click on the Edit option for the desired field New Field Fields for this Form Name Type Your Name Text Edit Delete Your Email Text Edit Delete Fost Code Text i belete Your Phone Number Text Edit Delete Your Message Text Area Edit Delete Notify me with news and specials Checkbox true Add Edit Delete Note Fields marked with a are required 2 Make any desired changes to the form field Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 112 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence
105. RL Display Position Description Search Engine Keywords Keyword Dictionary Search Engine Description Default Contact Email Display Don t display on site Complete the form fields as follows asterisk fields are mandatory 3 Enter anew Title of your choice This title is displayed in the title bar of the browser and is displayed by some modules such as Site Search Enter a new Title Abbreviation of your choice This abbreviation is displayed in the site navigation Add an Admin Reference Title which is displayed in the admin only Add an HTML Title to override the title displayed in the title bar of the browser Add a Public URL This overrides the URL and allows users to create Friendly URL s for better SEO el Re a eee eer 8 The Display Position will default to the order in which the page was created however it can be overridden to change the order in which the pages are displayed 9 Enter a Description of the page This description is used by search engines 10 Enter some Search Engine Keywords These keywords are common words or phases entered by users into search engines such as Google and who are searching for information or a website A comma should separate each word Alternatively select keywords by clicking on the Keyword Dictionary option 11 Enter a Search Engine Description approx 25 words for the homepage This text will appear as part of the search results when users are searching for
106. SCS Subject Auto Response business i be com au From Auto Response ank you for submitting your request Body Make Default Update Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 113 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO ee a a a a a a a a a a a a 4 4 1 10 Deleting a Form 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate form Mew Form Existing Forms 1 Contact Form tC Website Homel Contact Us Edit 2 You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified form click on the OK button to finish or click the Cancel button to stop the deletion of the form Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 re you sure you want to delete this Dynamic Form 4 1 11 Deleting Individual Form Fields within a Form 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate form New Form Existing Forms 1 Contact Form Edit Delete Website Homel Contact Us Edit 2 Click on the Delete option for the field you would like to remove New Field Fields for this Form Name Type Your Name Text Edit Delete Your Email Text Edit Delete Post Code Text Editi Your Phone Number Text Edit Delete Your Message Text Area Edit Delete Notify me with news and specials Checkbox true Add Edit Delete Note Fields marked with a are required Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2
107. Sub Tier p Content Pool r Content Pool Item HTML m gt Created or imported Documents Word PDF p Images Interaction Points Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 10 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 2 2 Grids amp Templates The public or end user side of Verdi Website pages are broken up into segments Tier Templates are used to define what features see below users of the Verdi Administration may select to display in the individual grid segments for any given Tier of the site The templates that control this are pre configured by the developers of your site These templates may be configured for example such that segment 1 is reserved exclusively for site navigation segment 2 for the display of the Tier Element title segment 3 for breadcrumbs segment 4 5 amp 6 is available for a choice of Inline Content News or Events segment 7 amp 8 for secondary navigation or featured content and section 9 for Footer Utility Links Different templates may be used for the various Tiers of the site Generally Tier 0 the homepage would have the least flexibility in terms of interaction point placement with greater flexibility available at lower levels 1 2 3 Features or Modules Features are points on a page that enable the u
108. Test Document Mone 3 Click the Save button to update the event with your changes 4 3 10 Adding internal contacts to an Event 1 Edit the required event and select the Contacts tab Locations Yersiong General Teaser Documents aa 2 Select a Group enter a Keyword and click the Search button to search internal users Username First Name Last Name Adal Admin Admin Default User Add All Checked lee eee e m 3 Check the Add checkbox for each user you wish to add and click the Add All Checked button Group all Groups Keyword Admin Search 4 Contacts can be removed from the Linked Internal Contacts list by checking the Remove checkbox next to the contacts name and clicking the Remove All Checked button Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 130 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Linked Internal Contacts Assigned User Primary Contact Wake Primary 4 3 11 Adding an External Contact to an Event 1 Editthe required event and select the Contacts tab Locations Versions Documents i 2 Scroll to the Add External Contacts enter a Keyword in the External Contacts search field and click the Search button eo CEE Telia ae sae gnc car acta are oes e se et ake ae een ee ee Ge keg ere eo 1 Search Keyword Comm Search Create a new Exter
109. User Guide v1 Page 114 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified form field click on the OK button to finish or click the cancel button to stop the deletion of the form field 4 1 12 Making a form a Default Form The Dynamic Forms system allows you to specify the default form for the system 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate form New Form Existing Forms 4 Contact Form Edit Delete Website Homel Contact Us Edit 2 Click on the Make Default button ipis Auto Yes v Include user responses in notification email esponse In order to use Auto Response you will need to specify a field in your form with Email 4 the address that Auto Response will use as the user s email address Auto Response IBC Notice Subject 3 set to true this is Auto Response business ibc com au From ed Response Thank you for submitting your request ody Wake Default pave As Update 3 Ad will appear before the default form on the form listing page New Form Existing Forms Fa G ontact Form Edit Delete Website Homepage Contact Us Edit 4 1 13 Extracting Results from a Dynamic Form If you chose to save the results of the Dynamic Form to the database then you will be able to view the results for t
110. VERDILEDEMENTS sich assiea cu sncasavtesstvelceulstadeanen a tata teva usasies Wialvesanuuaan 10 1 2 1 Pados Ce VMOU wees E E EEEN T tute baa lad auien EE EET suite died dessin aun ota teams tasers 10 L22 GOS COMDIAL CS sass hesc hale esas aeda pease ad at aes sende a iaitel aes ROER 11 E23 Features OF MOGUICS zyarraisi n ea oleate tesainioa sesamiae talansondeaes aes elaa eae Il 1 2 4 TIO COMICON esses iat teas relict tse ea oS Mahesh ad Se ceria nM a Neti nhad Nn tela atonal ca heat inhale a 12 1 3 LOGGING IN AND LOGGING OUT OF VERDUsirsattt serteestretses hace ne inlet E At asia had ot hace at 13 1 3 1 LOJIINI Iezencnenera naa aa a a a a a RO 13 Veda Logona UN csrreataet archaea ted T ET E EAE E E 13 1 4 VERDI INTERFACE amp NAVIGATION ccccccccssscceessccccesseeccesseeccesseeceessseccessseeecesseeccesseecessseeeeesseeecenseecessaeeeens 14 1 4 1 Inernace OVervi oW rsrsr n eaa A A EEE E A EAE E E 14 1 4 2 Introduction to Navigation amp Function AL AS ccccccccccssscccessecceesseeeeseseeeeceseeesesseecessseeeeeenseeeeesseeeess 15 143 Gommon Navigation and ICONS asisiy i nee e E E E A EER E 18 1 5 ADMINISTRATION USERS amp WORKFLOW os ssosesneeesoresseessorssreessrssrrnsseessorsssesssoresresssorssrresseessrrssserssoresrreessenst 19 1 5 1 Different Views for Different Administration Users Roles ccccccccsccccccssececessecceessseseesssesesssseeeess 20 1 5 2 Content publishing Workflows amp Approval PrOC SSES ccc
111. Value Reference Select common reference w reference Setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text Ifyou wanted to output the value ofthe field you setto payor you would include the place holder payor 5 in the position where you want the payor value Remember to always testform submission after altering and field value reference values Cancel Save 2 Enter a Field Name Typing a new Field Name will create a new field Typing an existing Field Name will group certain form Types such as select boxes a eee 4 3 Select Checkbox or Radio Button from the form Type 4 Enter an Item Value for the field This value will be the value of the item displayed on the public website and is the value saved to the database 5 Enter an Item Label for the field This label is the text displayed for the item on the public website and can be different to the Item Value 6 Select a position for the field within the form using the Position drop down menu 7 Choose whether the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu 8 Select or enter a Field Value Reference Setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the place holder refere
112. When creating your features tier locations a message will display if the pages template does not support the selected module The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it 1 Find the content item you wish your feature to be displayed on a Select Administer this tier element to take you directly to the tiers administration page Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 158 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Tier Content Pool Homepages Home v Selection Tier 1 aa Ta tS cae Tier 2 Please Select a Page x Tier 3 Select Parent First The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it Or a From the Site Structure left navigation select the page you wish the feature to be displayed on b Select the Template Settings Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the Choose Template radio button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 3 Select Show Layout button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 4 The following screen will load Template Settings C Use Parent s Template Settings 2 Subpage v Show Layout Choose Template gt gt THE BIG GAME C
113. a Keywords Dictionary Viewing administration reports such as a list of broken links unlinked files or complete listing of registered user permissions USERS The Users area manages the users who have E Users access to the administration area and password g Eve protected areas of the public site Users can be ir dea maintained individually or as part of a group O Verdi Roles amp Activities The Verdi Roles amp Activities allows high level system administrators to modify the administration and public permissions Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 17 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 4 3 Common Navigation and Icons Tab Based Navigation The various steps involved in creating and publishing content are controlled using a series of tabs which relate to the different steps in content management This tab based approach provides a far more logical progression through the content creation process and eliminates the need to scroll down the page to find the next action Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status Content Publishing Icons DELETE Deletes the content you are working on and NEW gt Adds new folder or content pool item sends it to the Graveyard SAVE AS DENY PUBLISH CONTENT Denies the content from going live to the public s
114. a Teo oS e a SSeS Ss Se Sf SS te DI pep tS fe be S ae en eS we eS SS Neil content abbrev Meil content abbrew Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrew Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrew Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrew Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrew Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrev Neil content abbrey Neil content abbrey Neil content abbrev Category Web Content web Content Web Content web Content Web Content Web Content Web Content Web Content web Content Web Content Web Content mikes test Web Content web Content Web Content web Content Web Content Web Content Web Content Web Content web Content Web Content Web Content O2M042008 17 402 O2042008 17 43 16 OSM042008 25 53 29 O204 2008 23 54 24 Os 04 2008 00 17 26 Osf042008 00 17 51 Os 04 2008 00 17 53 OFfO42008 1 F 00 07 OFf042008 17 10 36 OF042008 17 10 54 OFM42008 17 11 02 OefO4 2008 14 43 45 TOMO4I2008 16 35 54 TOMO42008 16 37 11 11 04 2008 09 00 12 24 04 2008 00 55 00 24 04 2008 02 04 15 2 04 2008 00 02 46 2O 04 2008 11 40 51 2OO42008 11 45 34 29 04 2008 15 01 27 29 04 2008 15 02 02 OBMOS2008 21 53 30 Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Mo Yes Date Version Created Live Version Status Approved Approved Ap
115. a ds a a E 258 O O ADONCA DOMAIN A A 258 132 EONO A DOMAIN a AEE 259 eee PANO FTO MAIN a aa 260 14 TEMPLATE ADMINISTRATION eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesesessseseeeseseseseeeseeeseeeeeeeseseeseseeseseseeeeseesssesseesseeessssssssssse 261 HAST ADDING IA TEMPLATE spune esa aA EA EAE AT 261 14 2 EDITING AN EXISTING TEMPLATE 00 ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceecececccccceccecceeeeeeeeeeceeeccececeseceeceseeeeecs 263 14 3 MAKING A COPY OF A TEMPLATE uii cccccccccsssssesssecccccccccccccccessuasesssssssecccccccceceeeeuuauaassssseecccceseseeeeesauaaannneses 264 14 4 DELETING A SINGLE TEMPLATE Qu ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceccceeecceeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeacs 265 14 5 DELETING MULTIPLE TEMPLATES Q 00 ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccecccceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeecs 266 14 6 ADDING A NEW PAGE GRID SECTION TO A TEMPLATE c cccccssccessscceeseccesseceesseecesseecesseecesseeeessseeesseeeeses 267 147 EDITINGA PAGE GRID SECTION isc est eens orci earn estan cheesy Sane eeaecen a ee agene 268 14 8 MAKING A COPY OF A PAGE GRID SECTION iii icc eet ees 269 14 9 DEE TING AP AGE GRID SEC TION sssrin en A a a E a 270 14 10 DELETING MULTIPLE PAGES GRID SECTIONS spe saset sca inaona a aa aa E E EAEE A 271 15 CUSTOM FIELDS ADMINISTRATION 0000000000000000000000000s0sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss 27
116. a location for the mailing list from the Tier Selection drop down menus 6 Enter a short description for the mailing list in the Mailing List Description box This description will be displayed on the public site 7 Select an Owner for the mailing list This person will receive all emails related to this list 8 Enter a Standard Email Footer This text will appear at the end of all outgoing emails to the mailing list 9 Set Enabled to Yes to activate the mailing list else choose No 10 Click Insert to finish i You have now created your feature within the administration area If the feature is not appearing on the public site your pages template may not support the module Follow the next steps to modify the pages template and publish your feature to the 4 5 2 Publishing your Mailing List feature on the Public Site The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature module within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for a module or Feature to be located When creating your features tier locations a message will display if the pages template does not support the selected module The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it 1 Find the content item you wish your feature to be displayed on a Select Administer this tier element to take you directly to the tiers administ
117. a series of dropdowns Template Settings Show Layo UN Ensure that the A to Z Listing module is set to display on the Content Section you wish it to appear on your page by choosing A to Z Listing from the relevant Content Section dropdown 6 Content Section A AtoZ Listing Click the preview button to preview how your A to Z list will appear on your page Click the update button at the foot of the page to apply these settings View the new A to Z Listing on the Public Site may not have any list entries yet See the next exercise for how to add entries If you wish to display the A to Z Listing module on any other pages of your site you can simply go through the same process again for each new page now or at any time in the future Populate the A Z Listing The public display of the A to Z Listing module comprises of a listing of entries of links to other pages in your website In order to populate the A to Z Listing module with these entries you must find each page which you wish to list and add them individually to the list 1 Locate a page which you wish to become a link entry in the A Z Listing module in the Site Structure and select it O Site Structure a y Refresh E 4dd Homepage Add Page to all Homepages verdi Home A Content Add Page to this Tier Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 175 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reser
118. abled Client Side Training Tier 1 Can it happen straight away 2 The FAQ will be deleted from the list Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 140 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 5 Mailing Lists Mailing Lists allow you to keep users of the site informed on a variety of topics with regular postings 4 5 1 Adding a Mailing List 1 Click on the Mailing Lists option under Features E Features Dynamic Forms Employment Events Calendar FAQs News Palls Site Shortcuts Analytics 2 Click on the Add a New Mailing List link Add a New Mailing List 9 _ Se Mailing List Info otal Active Mailing Lists otal Mailing Lists There are no accessible mailing lists to display 3 Page will display the Add a Mailing Lis form Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 141 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add a mailing list Form F2 1 Name Tier 0 Please Selecta Tier Tier 1 Select Parent First Tier Selection Ter 2 Select Parent First Tier 3 Select Parent First Mailing List Description Owner Please select an owner Standard Email Footer Is Enabled Insert 4 Enter a Name for the mailing list 5 Select
119. age Content GUI Pool Content Meta Data Public Users Cache Manager intranet Users Admin IP1 IP21 IP3 IPn Console Site General Community Systems Integration Admin Admin Admin 3rd Party IP Types amp Applications A A m Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 9 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 2 Definitions of Key Verdi Elements 1 2 1 Pages amp Tiers The structure of Verdi is based on Tiers which are the levels of the information hierarchy within the website Each category eg Education or sub category eg Primary Schools of information within a Tier is called a Tier Element Tiers are numbered from 0 to 3 Consider the illustration of Tier numbering below based on an extract of a site structure consisting of a single Tier 1 element and the Tier 2 and 3 sub tiers below it Tier 0 Tier 1 Tier 2 Homepage Things to See amp Do Outdoor Bushwalking Birds amp Animals The Rocks Trail Beacon Lookout Sports amp Recreation Skate Park Gymnasium Tennis Squash Aussie Rules Football Little Athletics Heritage Phoenix Heritage Park Statue of Norseman Facilities BBQ Internet Access Church Tourist Bureau Authorised Verdi Administrators can add edit and delete Tier Elements at will thus changing the structure of the Website Tier gt
120. ail will be sent to the selected publishers with links and details of the content to be approved Request Approval Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 188 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Content Publisher receives the request An email is automatically sent to the publisher by Verdi noting the Content Editor who is requesting approval and a link to the content in question PortalMaster Publisher Notification Request 9 Message Plain Text Bile EGR View Insert Format Toos Actions Help i Bep a opty to Al gt Forygerd Y From Sent Mon 13 2 2006 10 07 AM To eah dermi ibe com au Ce Subiect PortalMaster Publisher Notification Request 9 Leah SystemAdmin Dent leahwriter leahvriter leah dent ibe com au has requested that you publish the Workflow Request ID 9 You can view this item by following this link http pm25 usermanual demo ibc com au admin svr admin default aspx referrerURL contentPool aspxt3fcurrent TabNames 3dVorkf lows Z20Tasks Please review this information as soon as possibic Additional Information testing one Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 189 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Content Publisher can review the workflow
121. alue 9 Click the Save button to finish Tt ct tt SS SS tl 10 To add additional options to the drop down menu click on the Add link next to the option you have created Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 108 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO New Field Fields for this Form Name Type Default 1 select Select Value Cad ecit Delete Note Fields marked with a are required 11 Repeat steps 1 9 as above a Use the exact same field name for field name you create b Using the Add option will ensure that the field name is pre populated in the Add Form Field form 4 1 5 Creating a Radio Button Check Box List Radio Buttons Allow the public user to select only one option from a set of predefined values that relate to one form question Check Boxes Allow the public user to select multiple values that relate to one form question 1 Edit the required form and click on the New Field option Fields for this Form Name Type Default Note Fields marked with a are required Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 109 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add Form Field Field Name Checkbox Type Item Value ltem Label Position LEE Required No w Field
122. amp EO 15 4 Adding a Custom Field to a Content Category 1 Click on the Category tab IP Types Users Other Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content 2 Click on the New button Custom Fields for All Categories Add a Custom Field for All Content Name Type Text Default value Size Required Yes v Description a v Interface Type Text x Interface Order 1 x Display in Public C Saye Cancel 3 Enter a Name for the field 4 Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format Section Title 5 Enter a Default value for
123. an Auto Response sent to users that submit this form but there is curently no field set as an Email Address field In onder to use Auto Response you will need to specify a field in your form with Email Address set to true this is the address that Auto Response will use as the user s email address Auto Response Subject Auto Response From Auto Response Body 2 Choose whether you want to include the users responses in the Auto Response Email by checking the Include user responses in notification email 3 The Auto Response requires one form field to be set to an email address which is uses to send the response email to the user If the form fields does not have an email field included and error message will be displayed Auto Response Subject Enter a Subject or Title for your Response Auto Response From Enter the Auto Response from Email address Auto Response Body Type in a message that will be sent ADAPS 2 Note If you would like to include any of the form fields in the Auto Response Email this can be done by adding the fields place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs E g If you wanted to output the value of the field you set to name you would include the place holder name in the position where you want the name value 2 Note Your Auto responder can be turned off at any time by changing the Auto Response option to No Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1
124. and click on the Show Popup Settings button Pop up Settings show in Popup Yes Show Popup Settings ie window Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 79 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Pop up Settings Show in Popup window Dimensions Resizahle ves Allow Size Control Position Of en b M nu Bar Hide x Toolbar Hide Location Bar Hide Status Bar Hide Scrollbars Hide Directories Hide Complete the settings as follows 5 Enter a Width for the window in pixels A common size is 500 pixels 6 Enter a Height for the window in pixels A common size is 500 pixels 7 To allow users to resize the window once it is opened set Resizable to Yes Allow Size Control 8 Enter a Top Position for the window to display This figure determines how many pixels down from the top of the screen to display the window 9 Enter a Left Position for the window to display This figure determines how many pixels from the left of the screen to display the window 10 If you would like to display a menu bar on the window set Menu Bar to Yes 11 If you would like to display a toolbar on the window set Toolbar to Yes 12 If you would like to display a location bar on the window set Location Bar to Yes 13 To display a status bar on the window set Status Bar t
125. and select the required pages template from drop down menu 4 The following screen will load Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 104 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Template Settings O Use Parent s Template settings Edit Places Select a place to configure Place Banner Breadcrumbs Footer Content A Footer Content B Footer Content C Footer Links Header Content A Main Content A Main Content Main Content No Wrapper Main Content Main Navigation Page Title search Sub Banner Content Sub Navigation Assigned Module Inheritable Content NULL Inheritable Content Inheritable Content Inheritable Content Site Shortcuts Inheritable Content Inline Content by Place Inheritable Content NULL Inheritable Content List Navigation with Directory Nav NULL Basic Search NULL no module set Default Inheritable Content Breadcrumbs Inheritable Content Inheritable Content Inheritable Content Site Shortcuts Inheritable Content inline Content by Place inline Content by Place inline Content by Place Inheritable Content List Navigation with Directory Nav Page Title Basic Search NULL List Navigation with Directory Nav 5 Select which section of the template you wish your feature to display by clicking on the edit link next to the section Module 6 Find your
126. arch 3 Enter any keyword s to search for 2 Note If no keywords are entered then all users from the selected group will be displayed in the lS US i i a a E E a N 4 Click the Search button 5 From the results select the users that you want as contacts for the tier Username First Name Last Mame i bemith Ben Srmith jarmnesk James Kertord jason Jason Morris keith Keith Woods kel Shane Kelly tamira Tamta Hughes Add All Checked 6 Click on the Add All Checked button to add the selected users 7 The users will be added to the Existing Contacts list for the tier Existing Contacts Assigned User Primary Contact Remove Leah Dent Make Primary F Remove All Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 59 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 8 Toselect the Primary Contact simply click on the Make Primary link next the appropriate user Existing Contacts Leah Dent Primary x Remove All Checked I 2 16 Editing Homepage and Tier Contacts 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Contacts tab on the top navigation bar Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status Existing Contacts Assigned User Primary Contact Remove Leah Dent Wake Primary Li Remove All Checked 2 Change or remove page c
127. at default v HardCapy Only No Files will be available as part of the website default File Extension s Extensions should be comma seperated with no preceeding For example doc rtf txt without the quotes Save Cancel 2 Make any required changes 3 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 239 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 9 3 Deleting a Content Format 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate format Existing Formats Name Icon Supports Multiple Files Action Inline Content PDF ord Spreadsheet Edit Delete Edit Delete Edit Delete Edit Delete Edit Delete text Edit Delete HTML Edit Delete Flash j Edit Delete Microsoft Excel Template Edit Delete Microsoft Word Document Template Edit Delete Microsoft PowerPoint Slide Show Edit Delete Create Format 2 Click on the OK button to finish or click on Cancel to stop the deletion Powerpoint Rich Text Format a Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 j re you sure you want to delete this format Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 240 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 10 Administering Content Categories Content categories help
128. at the page is hidden from the navigation the page tier icon will appear orange in the site structure Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 38 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Site Structure sa Refresh By Add Homepage Add Page to all Homepages amp Homepage D Content e Add Page to this Tier ontact Details ame O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration Blue icon in tree structure denotes the page is Shown in Navigation Orange icon in tree structure denotes the page is Hidden in Navigation 2 Note To navigate to this page on the public site you will need to either create a Site Shortcut see section Site Shortcuts linking to the page or create a link within some the content 18 Ensure that the Enabled option is set to Yes Display on Site 19 Click on the Save buiton to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 39 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 4 Adding a Page to all Homepages Pages Tiers may be added to more than one homepage These pages are commonly pages that may not be part of the general site navigation and are accessed through adding a site shortcut 1 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigatio
129. ault Interaction Point Type v Insert 3 Enter a name for the section in the Section Name field Example Top Left Middle Centre 4 Enter a Position Number for the section The position number is the grid position number from the page template and is normally a number between 1 and 12 10 in this example 5 Select the preferred Interaction Point Type s Modules which you would like to make available for that section Hold down the CTRL key on your keyboard to select multiple modules Refer to Appendix for a detailed description of each Module 6 Choose a Default Interaction Point Type Module from the drop down menu This module will ae ee ee Se ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee es Pe ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee de a SE eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee Note Whatever modules are selected from the Interaction Point Types menu will populate the Default Interaction Point Type menu 7 Click the Insertbuttontofinsh a aaaa Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 267 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 7 Editing a Page Grid Section 1 Click on the Section option for the appropriate template Homepage f Sections ff Ti rOiw Tier Tier Tiers Header Mcastiah
130. aviour for that category Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 155 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 Click on the News option under Features E Features Dynamic Forms O Employment Events Calendar FAQs O Mailing Lists Polls Site Shortcuts O Analytics 2 Scroll down to the Category Behaviours section and click Add New Category Behaviour Category Behaviours Category Behaviours allows you to specify locations where you would like to display this feature automatically if it belongs to a specific Category All items for this feature that are in the specific Catgeory will be displayed in these locations and therefore the location does not need to be added to individual items Category Display Page Options Web Page Content edit del Add New Category Behaviour 3 Select the Category and enter introduction text 4 Select options for required fields and check the locations and teaser locations for this category behaviour Full item Required Yes X Summary Required Yes Teaser Required Yes Please choose one display location and one teaser display location for this category behaviour Available Display Display Location Options Locations Homepage Council News Available Teaser Teaser Display Location Options Display Locations Homepage Homepage Homepag
131. cations Custom Fields Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Contacts Locations Custom Fields Preview Status version Control General Advanced Contacts Permissions H A Version 4 Live Approved a ee ee ee eee 45 H Note Your New content has been approved published and will be available to view on the public site You may need to refresh the page by pressing F5 on your keyboard Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 171 Date Updated By Shane Kelly October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 A Z Listing Module 5 1 Overview of the A Z Listing Module The A to Z Listing module will display an alphabetised list of links to other pages within your website Each page of your website can be listed multiple times within the A to Z Listing module under different letters if necessary The same A to Z Listing module can also be displayed in many pages of your website Example A Z Listing module how it could appear on a public website verdi Home gt Test Page Test Page ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY2Z F Features Description Features galore S Verdi Support Description Support for Verdi T Verdi Tour Description Take the Verdi Tour V Verdi Toui Description Take the Verdi Tour W Why Verdi Description Why Verdi Read on to find out Document
132. cccccccccesscecsssceesseceesseecesseccesseccesseceesseceesseceesseeeeseeeeeaees 168 ASZ EDTINGOGMODUL E ianea AAR EEE AEEA AO EERE T ERA 172 5 OVERVIEW OF THEA Z LISTING MODULE norima A A N ena 172 Bic SUMMARY OF EXERCISES erisin iara ini E A stead 173 D WE EERE I SE eaa A E R E E T N 174 53 1 Greates Edita paga niesione aon e a e E i e a E a eae i 174 5 3 2 Conligu ure Template SCHINGS cisrsueena r e a E A abiusdextocsens 174 53 9 FODUIAICTICA HZ LISTING ensar E e aE E a on eE 175 5 4 A Z LISTING MODULE ADVANCED SITE ADMINISTRATION c ccccessccccesseccecssseceeesseeecesseeeeesseeeesesseeeeees 177 5 4 1 CUSIOMPIP TYDE IMOGUICS senenin AEE A EEE OEA E E A ESES 177 SAA CUSTOM FI IOS ee EA EOE EE ET EI N 177 543 CONTIGUHAG Template SCCHONS ssierssareiineaiiirii aaee EEEE ERA E EEEE E 179 CONTENT APPROVAL AND WORKFLOWS eesssessocesccessocesoceesocesocessocesocessocesocessocesocesccessocesccessocesocesssee 181 et OVERVIEW urena a a a a a 181 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 5 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 1 1 CORON AOD OVA enaa Reo RnR EERIE Senne tnt REO ARE RTE ES AAI A ROPES MaTANER NE SETHE AA EEA EN pret ey 181 6 122 WINATIS AN approval WOTKHIOW 2 cicticsesrstaensconastcntcpel e E REER EAE E T 181 6 2 VERDI STANDARD WORKFLOW sis scesoarscnnnisovaadatnazacesnapiiadceinbavuemunaiiaadeind A EON
133. cccccccsscecscceesseeeesseceeseeceesseeeseeeeeseeeeeeas 21 1 6 CONTENT SCHEDULING amp ARCHIVING 25 ccsectaustiriata sae sc ancstedacaasee oassiusndeioucadausabaneueddead a E eaa eSa EEUNA ESR 22 1 6 1 Scheduling the Live Date for Pages Features amp Content ItCMS ccccccccccsccceeteceeesseseeetseeeees 22 1 6 2 Archiving Pages Features amp Content ItemMS ccccccccccccsccccescccesscccesseceeseceeseceessecesssecesseecessaeeesaees 22 1 6 3 Scheduling the Refresh Date for Pages Features amp Content IfCMS ccccceccccccescceeeeetteeeeteeeees 22 gre OY eat Nts 1 O10 21 cere ners enone an etme op ae enn Ee Conte Pree TCD a rar nO Te 23 18 AINE VST ATH SINS VERSIONA ens retein ENTA EAER AEE ina E EA AAT EEE 23 SITE STRUCTURE ADMINISTRATION seecssoccceoceccccceccoecccooccccceeccooceccoecccooceccoeeccoececeoecccoececeoecceoececeosecccoeeesse 24 Zt ADDINGA HOMEPAGE sigrun ir a AT needed oe eee oe aes 24 ee H Template Settings TaD arrene A a aren ee Saeed 27 Zhe Advanced bh AO ceo can a E N A E 28 22 ADDINGAPAGETIE R cne A A a donoae aenatdecearaaes 32 2 2 1 Template SCNINOS TaD c 2 es ee ae ae in eee eee ee eae 35 22A Advanced AAO coe cawcaaeate srastatunueacteas ia A AG aa a 35 29 ADDINGA UTILITY RAGE maneire a A E E E oleschian Sabet moles lntursns 35 2 4 ADDING A PAGE TO ALL HOMEPAGES vasic cixisivansgossdeveniesitechaetsueraskopsesiaesooevitevatey orp sand aay Naenu mene onnnens 40 2 5 ADMINISTERING THE POP UP
134. ce holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text Ifyou wanted to output the value of the field you set to payor you would include the place holder S payor in the position where you want the payor value Remember to always testform submission after altering and field value reference values Cancel Save Enter a Field Name Typing a new Field Name will create a new field Typing an existing Field Name will group certain form Types such as select boxes na O lM M te mn tt tt 3 Choose Select from the form Type field 4 Enter an Option Value for the field This value will be the value of the option available within the drop down field and is the value saved to the database 5 Enter an Option Label for the field This label is the text displayed within the dropdown list and can be different to the Option Value 6 Select a position for the field within the form using the Position drop down menu 7 Choose whether the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu 8 Select or enter a Field Value Reference Setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text E g If you wanted to output the value of the field you set to name you would include the place holder S name in the position where you want the name v
135. cssssssssssscscsssssssssccccsssssssssscsscssssssssssesssssssccees 101 4 1 DYNAMIC FORM Seca tastecte ser cess oatecc asian ca O OT aasancuaanescatantn cere aaseuieesaats 101 4 1 1 Che ale New Dynan FOr xcs secse sees deslecotsss need niesoun E A E T E AA E 101 4 1 2 Publishing your Form feature on the Public Site ccccccccccscccsscceesscceesscceessecesssecesseeeessseeeesseeeeaees 103 Alos Adno rild sS toa For nigeria EEE EEE E E E AE 106 414 Creating a drop d wn TONG 6s ocreata iE EA E E EAEE AN 107 4 1 5 Creating a Radio Button Check Box LISt ccccccccccccsccccsscccesscceesscecesseeceseccesseceesseceesseceeseeeesseeeeeaees 109 4 1 6 Setting up an Auto Responder for your form ccccccccccccsssccesscccesscecesseceesseesessecessseceessecsessecesseeeeeaees 111 4 1 7 Editing AN Existing DYNAMIC FOM sestese etrr rii aieia tei Eea A EE SENi 112 4ko EOLNO FOUN PONS scars Dares a sata ee lead A ca ees AA dea detente ceeds E 112 AIG Maknga CODY ora OVINE eet d sac esses se ey esa aa Gaetan hv sa aleve sd ag esas doe susie ad ge oss Head 113 EVO Daam a FOs e cael ee sles p oleate as dtc eines slow cs se ne oealte Goan ge cand eae E 114 4 1 11 Deleting Individual Form Fields within a FOI ccccccccccsccccsssccesssccesseccesseccessecessseceesseesessseesseeeeesees 114 4 1 12 Making a form a Default FOrimeic cccccccccccccsscccescessseceesseeesseecsseeesseeessseeeesseeeseseeessseeeseseeeseeeecneaeenenees 115 4 1 13 Extracting Results from a Dyna
136. d this will then be reflected in the dropdown for each section available to site structure administrators when they edit the template settings for each page of the website Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 180 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 Content Approval and Workflows 6 1 Overview This section explains in detail how content is approved within Verdi and how that is managed with workflows 6 1 1 Content Approval Each time a content editor creates a new content item or modifies an existing content item they are creating a new version of that content item Before that version of that content item can be used on the website it must first be approved published by a Verdi User s with publishing permissions Up until the point of approval the previously approved version of this content item will continue to be displayed or none at all if this is a new content item 6 1 2 What is an approval workflow An approval workflow is a process which allows content to be published in a managed way by pre defined Verdi Users with relevant permissions Allowing content to be created by one group of Verdi users and published by another group is an effective way of extending the natural business roles within your organisation into publishing content onto your website and thus allowing for checks and balances to be
137. d Order Remove Print Style Nonmal 4 C For all Load Order Remove SubPage Style 3 C Homepage Shile z2 I Remove All Checked Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 255 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Add Stylesheet Mame Description Load Order For Media All We Can apply to content Mo this sheet does not contain WYSIWYG content styles Is Default na Only style sheets that have Can apply to content set to yes can be set as the default CS5 File Upload File Browse SAVE Cancel Enter a Name for the Style Sheet Enter a Description for the Style Sheet Choose the Load Order of the Style Sheet The order in which it will appear in the content administration 6 Choose the media type of the Style Sheet ot All e ee re ee ne ne ne ae a ee Te Tip Select Print if the Style Sheet is designed for print Select Screen if the Print style sheet if for screen display only If the Style Sheet is applicable to both iprint and screen then select Ace eee 7 Select Can Apply to content option select either Can apply to content o this sheet does not contain WYSIG content styles Yes this style sheet can be applied to WYSsh yy content Is Default Mo this sheet does not contain WYSIWYG content styles No this sheet does not contain WYSIWYG content styles Content using the WYSIWQYG rich text editor Yes this sheet can be a
138. dd a New Mailing List Mailing List Info otal Active Mailing Lists otal Mailing Lists Example Mailing List Owner Yes Keith Woods Element Type Element ID Element Title 1 85 M A 2 You will be presented with a conformation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified Mailing List click on the OK button to confirm Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 145 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 5 5 Posting to Mailing List Subscribers You are only able to post to Enablea mailing lists that have valid subscribers associated with them eee 4 to the user x Microsoft Internet Explorer i i ANN There are no subscribers to this mailing list so mo posts can be sent 1 Select the desired mailing list and click on the Post option Add a New Mailing List Mailing List Info otal Active Mailing Lists otal Mailing Lists Example Mailing List Edit 8 Delete Enablec Owner Yes Keith Woods Element Type Element ID Element Tithe ah 1 g5 MJA 2 The Posta Mailing List form will be shown on the page Post a Mailing List Form F2 2 Numbers of Users Subscribed 1 Subject Training Mailing List Body Footer Internet Business Corporation Ltd IBC Tel 61 8 9228 9922 Fax 61 8 9228 9044 116 Edward 5t Save Fo
139. direction General Template Settings Permissions Status 3 Inthe Custom Styles section select the stylesheet that you would like to remove by checking the box Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 29 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Custom Styles Curenty Assigned For print Load Order Remove Stlesheets Print Style Normal 5 Remove All Checked Existing CSS Print Style Mormal Add to this Tier Element Swe Sheet Administration 4 Click Remove All Checked to remove the selected stylesheet 5 Set the a Style Option to Use default style sheet and click b Save to finish Stylesheets al gt Stie Option A C Inherit Style default SOU Tier below after updating this option mL hale Custom Styles Existing CSS Print Style Normal Add to this Tier Element Ste Sheel Administration ee eee eee 71 Note You are able to set custom stylesheets to more than one homepage as well as adding them to individual pages Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 30 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Interaction Options Interaction Options Site Map Display Display in sitemap Searchability Include in site search Access Restrictio
140. display the A to Z module on your public website you must add a new page or edit an existing page on your website In this example we will add a new page 20 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigation Add Page to all Homepages cl Homepage O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration m Content m Features BM Advanced E Users 21 Click next to the homepage that you want to add your new page into Click on the Add Page to this Tier option Site Structure Refresh a 4dd Homepage a Add Page to all Homepages Sees Homepage H Content c Odd Page to this Tier Enter the General Information as per the general Verdi administration guide and click Save This will create a new page which you can administer to display the A to Z Listing module 5 3 2 Configure Template Settings To display the A to Z module on an existing page you must select that page from the site structure and click it to edit the page This will allow you to edit the template settings of this page 1 Select the Template Settings tab Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 174 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 5 3 3 Select the Choose Template radio button and select a Subpage template click Show Layout A list of content sections for that template will be listed as
141. dit Pencil 1 4 Clicking on the content item name will load the content item for review Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 298 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 16 7 Content Creation Report The Content Creation Report reports on each content item displaying the items Name Create Date Author Format and Keywords for Content Pool items 1 Click on the Content Creation menu option 2 Use the search form to enter your search parameters and click on the Search button Content Creation Keyword s Owner Documents added E Calendar lana between E Calendar Include dates in search Include Graveyard No Dontinclude deleted items M Return Versions 2 Note The report will list each content item and its associated creation date author content format file size and keywords Clicking on the content item name will load the content item for ETE OEBE S E E E E E E 3 The search will generate a report listing and its associated creation date published date last modified date and expiry date Content Creation Keyword s ledit pencil Owner Documents added EJ Calendar land between E Calendar Include dates in search Include Graveyard No Dontinclude deleted items x Return Versions Name Creation Date Author Keywords Clever Edit Pencil 15 01 2008
142. dmin Permission cccccccccescccesssccescesesseesesnecsesueceusuecsusuecsuauecsuauecssausesuatecseanesseas 216 iO lt SCUINO 2 GIGUD TUDIIC Fermi SSON ie e EE E E AEE EE 219 AAN A o E EE E S E E EEE A E PE TA AE E E AEEA AIT EE EAEE ETS ENEE AEA EER TET 221 Le EDTNCAUSER GROUP orie E a r a Cr SRA RESIN ETE 222 Go EDT TNCGA V RR lS SIO a a r N 223 FO EDTNGAGROUF FERMIS SION pesna a 224 Mata DELETING ALSE R erna E A O A 225 Pole DELETING A USER GROUP yerani a A 227 719 REMOVING A USER FROM A GROUP misriisiarien inneni A a E ONEA ANE EONA AE OA 228 7 14 REMOVING MULTIPLE USERS FROM A GROUP scssssssssscccccccccccccesseeesssssssssccccccsscccceseseesesssssssssscecesess 229 7 15 DELETING A USER PERMISSION ssssscccccccccccccccecccecsssssssssecccccccccccceseeeessssssssssesccseecccesssesaesssssssssscccesess 230 7 16 DELETING A GROUP PERMISSION cccccccccccccccccccccccsssssssssssesceccccccceseeeuausuassssssssececececcsceeeeuauaaaessseseeeceeeeecs 231 8 VERDI ROLES AND ACTIVITIES 0000000000000000000000000000ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss 232 8 1 VIEWING VERDI ACTIVIT Sonona a e a a a ebaneabam 232 G2 VIEWNG VERDI ROLES opariaren A onoaeadetbe ans Meaeoa ends snmnae abla 233 8 3 VIEWING ACTIVITY ROLE ASSIGNMENT wisscsecertinascoccavvcwis ones Suesecascapeenas ud eduwasuvpseas tad bocesvexdepeeoedoduevseveaaasetaooaboes 234 8 4 MODIFYING VERD
143. dvanced 2 Click on the Verdi Role amp Activities option within the Users menu I ae a aD E e ee BEN DEI DE EN BEMI EE EN BEMI DE EEN BEMI DES DEN EN DE DE EN BERI DE EN ee oms a ame ame am ee ee om am el 3 Click on the Verdi Role tab to view the roles available in Verdi Verdi Activity Verdi Role ActivitiRole Assignment 4 The screen will display a list of current roles available To Edita role select the Edit link To Delete a role select the Delete link Roles List Role Name Description RoleEnabled Actions System The System Administrator allows the user access to system Trie Administrator configuration utilities such as database and file settings Delete Site Administrator The Site Administrator allows the user access to everything except True Edit configuration utilities Delete Content Publisher Allows the user to publish content when not using the advanced True Edit workflow module Delete Structure Allows the user to administer the site structure True Edit Administrator Delete Content Allows users to add edit and delete content from content folders and T Edit is rue Administrator assign contentto structure pages Delete Advanced Workflow Gives the user access to the Advanced VYorkflow System False Edit User Delete Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 235 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence
144. e Residents Homepage Development Homepage Environment Homepage Library Homepage Council Test Events Page Homepage Council Test Events Page Sub Subpage 1 Homepage Council Test Events Page Sub Subpage 2 Homepage Council Test Events Page Subpage 3 Homepage Council Test Events Page Another Test Subpage For testing Homepage Council Test Events Page Another Test Subpage For testing some more Save 5 Click the Save button to save the category behaviour 2 All the pages that allow the news module or news teaser module will be listed as available locations for selection Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 156 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 7 Polls Verdi enables you to create simple Polls you may pose a question or post an issue and Website users can vote according to a list of pre defined options 4 7 1 Adding a Poll 1 Click on the Polls option under Features Site Structure E Content E Features Dynamic Forms O Employment Events Calendar FAQs O Mailing Lists News Site Shortcuts Analytics E Advanced E Users 2 Click on the Add a new Online Poll link 3 The Add an Online Polf form will be displayed Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 157 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All
145. e October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Esaeet Custom Field S O Site Structure E Content IP Types Users Other Category E Features Content Format Content for Categories All Content E Advancec nran E E Site Variables Administration B Domains Administration E Reports Custom Fields for Structure E Content Formats Custom fields allow Verdi to perform customised functionality for each individual Verdi instance while keeping the H Content Categories core product untouched When you add custom fields for Structure you are adding additional Meta Data fields Structure Items E Interaction Point Types This can allow extra searching or even extended styling ability such as adding an image field to allow specific Gta ed Oates ADANY images to be displayed for specific pages E Users Custom fields can also useful for custom additions to Verdi called Interaction Point Types They allow developers to extend some ofthe base items of Verdi such as Content Files without altering the core Verdi code Current Custom Fields Name Type Actions Structure Ato Z Listings Text Edit Delete Options Ato Z Listing Letters Text Edit Delete Options Ato Z Listing Description Text Edit Delete Options By editing the individual Custom Fields Site Administrators will be able to see and edit the defined configuration
146. e Shortcuts can be an effective way to provide quick access to the most commonly used content in a site There are two types of site shortcuts 1 Header Site Shortcuts include Home Search and Contact Us links These are usually named Utility Navigation links 2 Footer Site Shortcuts include Sitemap Copyright and disclaimer links 4 8 1 Adding a Site Shortcut 1 Click on the Site Shortcuts option under Features Site Structure E Content E Features Dynamic Forms O Employment Events Calendar FAQs Mailing Lists News Polls Analytics E Advanced f Users 2 Click on the Add a new Site Shortcut button f Adda Shortcut Description LastUpdated Options About Us 2a 10 2014 edit del Privacy Policy 23 10 2014 edit del 3 The Add a Site Shortcut form will be displayed Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 163 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO General Information select a feature Select Page or Select Content or Category select a category w or create new cateory below New Choose an existing category or enter a new category in the field provided Shortcut Title Order liv shortcut Icon Browse Wo file selected Mouseover Shortcut Browse No file selected Icon shortcut leon Hint Assigned All Homepages Homepages go
147. e Structure G Refresh amp Add Homepage l Add Page to all Homepages verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content E Features E Advanced 2 Click on the Everyone link Site Structure E Content E Features E Advanced E Users 8 Everyone O Verdi Roles amp Activities 3 Click the Add a new user link BE Users om Everyone A Add a new group G98 Odd a new user ba eM aes ee ee ee eee Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 204 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Default u a Authorisation Details Lisemame Password Authorisation Source oe Remember Login No Enabled res Add a desired Username and Password Common formats for usernames can include First name e g john First name initial and surname e g jsmith First name and surname initial e g johns Use the Authorisation Source drop down menu to select how the user details will be stored and how they will be validated Options include DB Database The users name and information are stored in the Verdi database This is the default for most Verdi sites AD Active Directory This is applicable if your network is using supporting Active Directory LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol This is applicable if your
148. e calendar select the date from which the news article should be displayed on the website Using the End Display Date calendar select the date for the news article to be removed from view The Available Locations lists the pages that already have the News module within the pages template Select the Check boxes for the pages where you would like this News Article to appear When you save the news article an Article Display Location will be added for each of the ticked locations H If there are no Display Locations listed here there are no pages on your site that support the Module Follow the steps to modify the pages template and publish Select Yes for the Enabled field to enable the news item and make it live on the public site Click Save to finish nu You have now created your feature within the administration area If the feature is not appearing on the public site your pages template may not support the IP type Follow the next steps to modify the pages template and publish your feature to the Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 149 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 150 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 6 2 Publishing your News feature on the Public Site
149. e content and publish it live to the site Default users who have activity permissions to publish content are Content Publishers Site Administrators and System Administrators Approving Individual Content Items Approves Content made LIVE to site Creates Content Requests Approval Item via auto email form Content Bonoa not approved CONTENT CONTENT ADMINISTRATORI PUBLISHER WRITER Approving via Workflow Groups Workflow Groups are used to speed up the workflow approval process when requesting approval for multiple pieces of content All content within the workflow group will be considered as one item for the workflow process and can only be approved as a group CONTENT ADMINISTRATOR CONTENT WRITER PUBLISHER Creates Assigns to Content Item Workflow Group Repeat for multiple content tems Requests Approval p via auto email form Approves a el Denies All Content Cantent within not approved group made LIYE to site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 21 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 6 Content Scheduling amp Archiving 1 6 1 Scheduling the Live Date for Pages Features amp Content Items Verdi allows you to schedule pre set dates and times for content to be made live to the site This functionality helps you create your content without making it live to t
150. e section 3 for further instructions on administering content I a e o E E ED D ED D EE ED ED ED D S E SE EE EE ED D E E EE D EE E E S E EE ED D ED D E D EE E E ED ED S ED D ED D ED D ED D ED ED ED ED ES SD ED E ED E AD D AD D EE D ED D ED D D D ED E AD D D D E D E D EN ED ED E ED E ED D ED D E D ED ED ED E ED E ED D ED D ED D E D D ED D D ED D ED SE ED D ED D EE D SE AD D D ED D ED D AD D D D EE ED ED ED ED ED ED E ED E ED E E E E ED EE E E S S SE GE OE GE SE G E SE GE O G SE o E O Ge oe aee S oe ae oee oe oee ae aee oa e oe e oe ml Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 76 Date Updated By Shane Kelly October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 Using the Edit Pencil to Edit a Content Pool Item What is the Edit Pencil The edit pencil allows authorised administrators to locate items that require editing through the public site and then link directly to the content item in the administration in edit mode In the public view authorised administrators have those areas to which they have administrative privileges highlighted and an edit link is displayed On clicking the button the administrator is linked directly to that content in the administration system in edit mode By selected the pencil icons in the administration area you can turn the edit pencil function on and off Turn Edit Turn Edit E Pencil on Pencil off Edit pencil is turned off Edit pe
151. ea shows the users name that is logged in and the name of the administration system The Edit Pencil allows users to click on the public site and be directly linked to that content within the administration areas By selected the pencil icons you can turn the edit pencil function on and off l Turn Edit ST Pencil off Turn Edit Pencil on Edit pencil is turned off Edit pencil is turned on Left Hand Navigation The left hand navigation occupies the main administrational navigation Note See 1 4 2 for further information on the navigation areas Main working page This is the main area of the site where the administration pages will appear The default page is the Index page Footer Utility Links Index Public Site Log out Turn on Edit Pencil Index This link returns users to the Index page Public Site This link opens the public site in a new browser window Log Out This link logs the user out of the administration system Turn on Edit Pencil This link allows the users to activate and deactivate the edit pencil The current time and date are also displayed in the bottom right hand corner Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 14 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 4 2 Introduction to Navigation amp Function Areas The navigation is divided into seven main areas 1 Site Structure Style
152. ected Tier This is not applicable if you select a Tier 3 location or if you have the All Tiers option checked 6 Set Enabled to Yes to display the job on the website 7 Select the required Contact Publisher if available This option is only available if a contact has been assigned to the tier you wish to display the vacancy on and should be contacted before enabling on the public site 8 Click on Add Location to finish 4 2 6 Editing a Job Location 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate Job Location Add a Job Location Job Locations 2 Make any necessary changes 3 Click on the Update Location button to finish 4 2 7 Deleting a Job Location 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate job location Add a Job Lacstian Job Locations Tier Level Tier Name 1 Tier 1 Edit 2 You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified Job Location click on the OK button Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 122 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 3 Events Calendar You may use the Verdi Events Calendar module to manage and display information about upcoming events on the website Events can be displayed in a calendar format as below or in a list and or you can display Event Teasers Just a few of the alternative standard gt
153. ecting the checkboxes Please select the templates you wish to delete and click Delete Checked 3 Click on the Delete Checked button Please select the templates you wish to delete and click Delete Checked 4 Microsoft Internet Explorer E J Are you sure you want to delete these Templates Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 266 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 6 Adding a New Page Grid Section to a Template What is a Grid Section Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space fora Module or Feature to be located 1 Click on the Sections option for the template to which you would like to add a new page section Tie rOia Tieri Tier2 Tiers Homepage Sections 7 Header MeastiaHomeHeader ascx Container MeastiaHomeContainer ascx Footer MeastiaFooter_sscx Note The grid table determines the number of sections within the template you have chosen 3 The example above shows that the selected template has 10 sections available 2 Add a section Section Name Position Number Interaction Point Types Basic Search Hold ctrl to select multiple Contact Us Contacts Contacts basic Document List Dynamic Forms Events Detailed Events Teasers Def
154. ection ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID Content Tools inline Content by Section ID Footer Navigation Main Navigation Page Title section Navigation Utility Navigation 3 Follow the edit link on the Place that you want to edit Document Date Updated By Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 October 2014 Shane Kelly Page 43 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Permissions Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Module Basic Search No Custom Fields were found for this item Setting for Basic Site Search eee 3 Note Only one module can be selected for each section of the page The Default settings will load at first 5 Click the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 44 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 7 Editing a Homepage or Page Tier 1 Click on the required homepage or page tier on the left navigation O Site Structure tresh D Add Homepage l Add Page to all Homepages Homepage O Style Sheet O Templates Administration D Content E Festures B Advanced BD Users 2 Note If your page tier is not displaying click on the next to the homepage o
155. ed and non archived news items Not supplying any of the individual flelds below will cause those fields to be ignored in the search Title Release Date fF Calendar And Between fF Calendar ddinmyyyy search Click on Search to reload the news list containing all news with a start date that falls within the selected date range Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 154 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 6 9 Adding Documents to a News Article 1 Editthe required news article and select the Documents tab Article Article Advanced Teaser Article Location w Ej Version 3 Note this is not the live version of this news Click for Live Version 2 Documents Existing content from the Content Pool can be linked to a News Article by either selecting documents from the available documents or adding a new document Any new documents will be added to the content pool and added to the list of linked documents for this News Article Linked documents are edited and version controlled through the Content section of Verdi and the current approved document will be linked to the News Article Note Selected documents are added to the linked documents list but are not saved against the News Article until you save the News Article Description Group There are no documents associated with this News Article
156. elete Checked Category SubCategory Keyword Content Management CMS Features snagement CMS Verdi A 4 Click on the OK button to finish or click on Cancel to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 Are you sure you want to delete these Meta Keywords Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Page 254 Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 12 Style Sheet Administration What is a Style Sheet Style sheets control the look and feel of the pages within Verdi such as font styles layouts heading styles alignme nts and general navigation menu styles Verdi comes with a number of pre defined style sheets which have been created outside of Verdi by technical programmers during the graphical design stage of your we bsite The administration and management of your style sheets requires technical expertise and knowledge Modifications and importing of new style sheets should only be managed by high level Site Administrators 12 1 Importing a Style Sheet 1 2 Document Date Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Click on the Style Sheets option under Template Administration click the Index link if you have Index Public Site Log out Turn on Edit Pencil already been working to get here Template Administration E Style Sheets Templates For print Loa
157. ent Editor chooses one or more publishers to request approval from The select a Publisher to Notify screen will be displayed as below Using this screen you can select a publisher you wish to notify to approve your content and make live to the public site a Tick the publisher s you n rene Worktlow Groups Email Updates wish to approve your l panei ers content Only one publisher can approve your content This list of seiectaPubiisherte Noti publishers is made up of ae a By submitting ihis forn you are locking this Workiow Group so thal no more content can be added to it The publisher any adm In istration user s you select from this list will be notified by email that the Yvorkfiow Group is ready for approval who has permission to M Kelth Woods perform publishing secre activities to the site You ES a can select more than C Ellen Dunidey one to increase the C James Kertord chances of one of the ee blishers reviewing and penal pu IS c g Leah_SystemAdmin Dent approving your content Notes b Enter any notes or comments in the free text field c Select the Request Approval button Request Approval Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 183 Date Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 d The content item status will now display as Requested Not Approved This is how that status of this
158. ent First v 4 Goto URL 2 3 Click on the Save button to finish 2 11 3 Redirecting to an External URL 4 Click on the Go to URL option Redirection Options Select an option from the four below 1 No Redirection C default 2 First Sub page G 3 Go to Page C select Tier below Homepages Please Select a Homepage Tier 1 No Sub pages Available z Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First f Goto URL D 6 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 50 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 12 Administering Homepage and Page Permissions What are Permissions Permissions are settings that can be applied to pages and content to control who can view or edit the content There are two types of permissions 1 Public Permissions Define the permissions for public users viewing content on the public site 2 Administration Permissions Define the permissions for administration users for managing and editing content in the administration site Within this there are 3 ways Verdi can identify permission sources 1 IP Permissions Recognise a particular computer or networks IP address Each machine connected to the Internet has an address known as an Internet Protocol address IP address The IP address takes the form of f
159. equire a login to access Content is maintained and Administration Site published to public site Public Site Password protected Public viewing site This User Guide is focussed on using the Administration options It describes all functionality within the Verdi Admin area for Site Administrators Content Administrators Content Publishers Structure Administrators An Advanced User Manual is also available for System Administrator functionality Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 8 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 1 An Overview of Verdi Verdi is designed to allow authorised content administrators authors and editors in an organisation to easily manage their individual content areas via a simple yet secure web interface without the need for special HTML or scripting skills There are two major components to the Verdi system the public website and a corresponding Administration Console The former is available either to the general public or a defined subset of users depending on whether it is an Internet Intranet or Extranet site while the latter is available only to designated personnel with content management privileges 1 1 1 System Overview Security Layers Template Engine Logging Audit Trails amp Reports Extranet Structure Layout Style Users Registered Users Content P
160. er Publisher Notification Request 9 Message Plain Text leah derk ibc com au PortelMaster Publisher Notification Request 9 Leah_SystemAdmin Dent leahwriter leahvriter leah dent ibe com au has requested that you publish the Vorkflov Request ID 9 You can view this item by following this link http pm25 usermanual demo ibe com au admin sve acdmin default aspx referrerURL contentPool aspxs3fcurrent TabNames 3dWorkflowsZz0Tasks Please review this information as soon as possibic Additional Information testing one Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 197 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 3 2 1 2 Workflow user s can review the content item a Select the hyperlink to view the content item b The Verdi browser window opens and asks for the Workflow user s Log In details c Verdi opens at the Workflow Tasks screen Note You can navigate to this screen without having to click on the link in your email by using the Verdi Administration left navigation content tab and clicking Content Administration then Workflow Tasks tab Search workflow Tasks Workflow Groups Email Updates The tasks listed below are either tasks that you have accepted or tasks that you have the ability to accept You may not be the only user who has the ability to acceptthe task You should have recieved notif
161. ercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 Enter a Default value for the custom field if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field 6 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add oo S Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 10 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 11 Select Display in Public and or Include in Search if applicable 12 Click the Save button to finish 2 Note If you have chosen Select Tree or Radio Buttons as the interface type then you will be required to add options to the field ee re tt a et et te art nn a rt et et et nr et tet tr et nt et ar nt et tr att et tr a tt a et tt tr te tt te tt ae eo ati Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 283 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 6 Adding a Custom Field
162. erved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 12 2 Setting IP Address Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Public Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the public site The defaultis to allow all people access Edit the public permissions Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most often used to initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this Item Add Permission Select Type v Add Select Type a __ IP Address Permission Existing Permissi User Permission Group Permission IP Address Permissions No IP Address Permissions specified User Permissions No User Permissions specified Group Permissions No Group Permissions specified 2 Select IP Address Permission from the Add Permission option then click Add IP Address Mask Allow Deny Allow w 3 Enter an IP Address in the text box provided ae eee eer 4 Select to Allow or Deny the IP Address using the drop down menu Allow will allow this IP address to have public permissions to view this page Deny will not allow this IP address to have public permissions to view this page 5 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 52 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Upda
163. es and links as required in the Description WYSIWYG Editor refer to the WYSIWYG Editor User Guide for further reference 8 Optional fields Complete the Venue Opening Hours Admission Price Show Category Frequency of Event Number of Visitors and Date Description text boxes as required These Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 124 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 details will be displayed on the website Venue EE Opening Hours Addmission Price hie Show Category Yes Frequency of Event aes Number of visitors to T Event Date Description Start Date E Calendar iddinmi yyy HH mm End Date E Calendar Cddimin yyy HH mm Once you have added the event you will be able to add additional event times for this event Start Display Date 21 02009 01 07 ES Calendar Cacia yy HH mm End Display Date E Calendar Cdn yyy HH mm Lape Browse JRL Registration Form je Select gt Create anew Form Available Locations Location Options Shire of Esperance Shire of Esperance SERVICES Youth amp Children l tests Shire of Esperance Shire of Esperance Events Enabled Yes Ww Using the Start Date calendar select the actual start date and time of the event Additional event tim
164. es may be added once the event has been created Using the End Date calendar select the actual end date and time of the events The End Display Date will default to the event End Date for convenience but may be changed if required Using the Start Display Date calendar select the date of the event to be displayed on the website Using the End Display Date calendar set the date to stop showing the event on the website If desired use the Browse button to upload a Logo from your local or network drive Enter a website URL if required that is associated with the event Select a Registration Form from the drop down list of Dynamic Forms You can create a new form by entering a Title for the form in the text box next to the drop down list and click the Create a new form link This will create a new Dynamic Form with a title only and the actual form field will need to be created through the Dynamic Forms feature The Available Locations lists the pages that already have the Calendar Events module within the pages template Select the Check boxes for the pages where you would like this Event to appear When you save the event an Event Display Location will be added for each of the ticked locations Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 125 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 17 Set the Enabled option to Yes to allow the
165. eseeeeseeeeeeeeeas 87 3 12 1 Editing and Deleting Public Permissions 0 ccccccccccssceesteceesecsssnecseauecsuacecseauecsuacecsuauecsuauecseaneeseaneess 87 3 12 2 Editing and Deleting Admin PerMiSSIONS ccccccccccccsssceceeseecesesceseeeseeeesesseeecsesseeesesseeeseseeeesesaesensaas 88 BETS RESTRICTING AIS ERS orars ane E aa E a a E 89 3 14 ADDING A DISPLAY LOCATION TO A CONTENT POOL ITEM cccccccccceeeeeeeeseeesessesseseesseseseseseeseeeesseeeeeeeseees 91 3 15 EDITING A DISPLAY LOCATION FOR A CONTENT POOL ITEM cssssssssseeeeccccccccccceessssseesssssseececccesseeaaaaaaas 93 3 16 DELETING A SINGLE DISPLAY LOCATION FOR A CONTENT POOL ITEM cccccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeesssseeeseeeeeeeeeees 94 3 17 EDITING A CONTENT POOL ITEMS CONTENT FOLDER cccceeeeeeesessseeseesesesecssessssssssssssssssssesseseeseeeeeees 95 3 18 DELETING CONTENT POOL ITEMS uu ccccccceccccsssssscccccceesevessssssssssssssssssssssesssecsssssesssssssssscsssssssesesseseeeees 96 3 19 RESTORING CONTENT POOL ITEMS USING GRAVEYARD cceeeeeeeeeeeceseececeececeeeececeseeeeseseeeeeeecccseeseeeeeees 97 3 19 1 Using the Recent tab in the Graveyard to find a Content Pool It Im cccccccccccccccccsssceeeeseeeeeees 98 3 19 2 Using Version Control with Search Content POOI cccccccccscccescscseseeeeseeeceseeessneeeeseeeseeeeensaeeneeeens 99 4 FEATURES ADMINISTRATION cccccccccsssssssssssssssssssssccsc
166. esssceceesseeceesseceensseeeeentseeees 126 4 3 6 Copying an existing Event to a NEW EVENL ccccccccccccssscesseesseeeseceeseeesseeceeeenseeeeseeeeseeesseeeeeeeseeenss 127 AS Adding AM EVel TOAS OM aires sates E ER EE E ENTO TE EE aunctantsiactont wade ELE 128 4 3 8 Adding Documents to the Event ccccccescccsessccssssccesscecsseecssteesssuecsssuecsesuscseauscseauecsuauecseaueeseaueesseaes 129 4 3 9 Remove a Document from AN EVEN cccccccccccccessccesescccessceceeeseeecesssesecesseeeseseeeeeeeeseseseseseeseeeeens 129 4 3 10 Adding internal contacts to an EV NL cccccccccccsscccessccsesseeeeseeeseeeceeeeessseeenseeessaeeseeeesseeeeseeeseseees 130 4 3 11 Adding an External Contact to an EV N1 cccccceccccccescccessecessseeesseeessseeeceeecseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeenenees 131 4a l2 AOGING AN EVECNEDISDIAY LOCA ssia inan EE E EEE EA EEE hatuca anki 132 A a WOTSIOVIS iae a E E etic te chet E A AA 133 AAA Searching Me Event ALCIIVE rostire r ANa AA A ORE AAE EOAR 134 AA FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS FAQ S wisensivnssstonsuadsittccsseheaueadaysiunavaban Suadenaisbavench exodanaiventsbesbres nsionegeneea 136 TEN Adang an i Nad a eats et ei Alc ects ltr atu E taco EAEE TE EA A S 136 4 4 2 Publishing your FAQ feature on the Public Site cce ccc ccccccctcccsccessccessecessecessecessecesseceseeceseeeeneeeess 138 AS EUN A TPN ssc cage ase sateen ee tes ca os vcgek oases actos aandeas ane re iaetevarannganin iene eane meee eds 140 AAA
167. event to display in the designated locations 18 Click on the Save bution to finish 2 You have now created your feature within the administration area If the feature is not appearing on the public site your pages template may not support the Module Follow the next steps to modify the pages template and publish your feature to the public site 4 3 2 Publishing your Events feature on the Public Site The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature module within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for a module or Feature to be located See section 2 6 of this User Guide 4 3 3 Editing an Event 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate event Web Page Content Title Live Date Archive Date Last Editor Enabled IBC Testing 30 11 2009 307 1172010 Admin Default User True IBC Testing Copy 307 1172009 307 1172010 Admin Default User True 2 Make the necessary changes on the General tab 3 Click on the Save button to finish 4 3 4 Deleting an Event 1 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate event Events Title Annual General Meeting 2008 tttt edit del test document edit del 2 You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified event click on the OK button 4 3 5 Adding additional Event Times to an existing Event 1 Click on the Edit optio
168. feature item and select it from the dropdown menu Click Save Module Settings to apply this module to the section Document October 2014 Shane Kelly Date Updated By Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Page 105 Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 Select the Save button to save your changes 4 1 3 Adding Fields to a Form 1 Edit the required form and click on the New Field option Fields for this Form Note Fields marked with a are required Add Form Field Field Name PO Type Text x Default Value Position LEE Max Length lo A value of 0 means no maximum length restriction is applied to the field Email Address No w Required No w Field Value Reference Select common reference w reference setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text Ifyou wanted to output the value ofthe field you set to payor you would include the place holder S payor 5 in the position where you want the payor value Remember to always testform submission after altering and field value reference values Cancel Save 2 Enter a Field Name Typing a new Field Name will create a new field Typing an existing Field Name will group certai
169. for Categories Structure All Content IP Types Users Other Category 2 Scroll down to the Current Custom Fields section 3 Click the Edit action for the Custom Field you want to edit Current Custom Fields Name Type Actions Flash Width Numnbe Eat poet Options Height Number Edit Delete Options Transparent Text Edit Delete Options ee ee ee eee 71 Edit Custom Field for a Content Format Content Format Flash Name Width Type Number I Default value 0 Size lo Required No Description Custom field to set the width of flash animation content items Interface Type Text i Interface Order 1 v Display in Public LI Include in Search CJ Save Cancel 4 Make any required changes 5 Click the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 288 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 9 Deleting Custom Fields 1 Select the tab where the Custom Field that you want to edit resides Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content IP Types Users Other Category 2 Scroll down to the Current Custom Fields section 3 Click the Delete action for the Custom Field you want to remove Current Custom Fields Type Actions width Number Edit Delete options Height Number Edit Delete Options Trans
170. ge contact to alert the user that the tier needs updating Showin Navigation Yes Linkin the Navigation Area w Enabled Yes Display on Site v 14 Select Yes Link in the Navigation Area to Show in Navigation 15 Ensure that the Enabled option is set to Yes Display on Site 16 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 34 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 2 1 Template Settings Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status The template settings for individual pages can be set up similarly to that of homepages see section 2 1 1 for the steps involved in setting up your template 2 2 2 Advanced Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Permissions Status Move page Pages can be moved to a different parent tier page using this module See section 2 1 2 for moving pages Custom Page HTML Options The Custom Page HTML Options allow users to enter additional code into sections of the page for search engine optimisation These fields require some knowledge of HI ML however IBC can provide guidelines See section 2 1 2 for more information on Custom Page HTML Options Stylesheets Custom stylesheets can be set similarly to homepages for use with pages wit
171. ge menu option Template Usage Tier Selection Homepages Please ta Homepage Eo Tier 1 i No Sub pages Available w Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 _ Select Parent First v 2 Use the Tier Selection drop down menus to select a page to run the report on and click on the Submit button 3 The report will list each tier template and the number of pages it has been used on and when the template was last modified Template Usage Tier Selection Homepages Home iy Tier 1 About Verdi mi Tier 2 History of Verdi vl Tier 3 No Sub pages Available Name Usage Last Modified Verdi CMS Subpage 1 30 01 2008 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 301 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 17 Appendix Interaction Point Types Modules Below is a list of Verdi Modules INTERACTION POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION Business Directory a eee ee ee Business Directory Search To search for suppliers within the REM Regional Electronic Marketplace Content Listing To list all documents without search feature Document List To display a table containing a consistently formatted list of a documents Documents must be manually assigned to the module and their order in the list can be pre determined As with Document List module with an additional Keyword Search field dis
172. ges tiers within Verdi Pages can be created with a homepage Tier 0 with up to three levels of associated sub pages Tiers 1 3 2 1 Adding a Homepage Verdi can have multiple homepages with associated tiers and sub tiers Each homepage can have a different set of associated tiers and sub tiers with each area having their own graphical look and feel giving the appearance of a separate site This flexible tier model allows Verdi to effectively run an unlimited number of mini sites all linked within the same main website 1 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigation x Site Structure a Refresh sy 4dd Homepage l Add Page to all Homepages verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration ee ee eee eee eee H 71 2 Click on the Add Homepage link Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 24 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO General Information Title Title Abbreviation Admin Reference Title HTML Title Default Public URL Public URL Display Position Description search Engine Keywords Keyword Dictionary search Engine Description Default Contact Email Display Don t display on site Complete the form fields as follows asterisk fields are mandatory 3 Enter a new Title of your choice This title is displayed in the title bar of the browser and is displayed
173. ghts Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly Group Site Administrators v AllowiDeny Allow v c Make any required changes d Click the Save button to finish Alternatively you can remove the permission s 3 Delete Permission Group Permissions ibe Allow Training Allow Remove All Checked gt a Select the permission s you wish to remove by checking the Remove checkbox b Click Remove All Checked to remove permissions as required 2 13 2 Editing and Deleting Admin Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the admin permissions link Admin Permissions These permissions define who can perform various administration tasks to this Page The default itto deny access to all users Edit the admin permissions Admin Permissions Add Permission Select Type Existing Permissions User Permissions User Type Name Allow Deny Remove There are no user permissions on this Page 4 Group Permissions User Type Name Allow Deny Remove j There are no group permissions on this Page Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 56 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 Edit Permission a Click on the Permission link for the permission you wish to edit Select a Hyperlink b The permission details will load Group S
174. group and each content item within a Select the hyperlink to view the content item b The Verdi browser window opens and asks for the Publisher s Log In details c Verdi opens at the Your Workflow Tasks screen Note You can navigate to this screen without having to click on the link in your email by using the Verdi Administration left navigation content tab and clicking Content Administration then Workflow Tasks tab Your Workflow Tasks The tasks below are in need of being approved before they will be made live This list contains all of the items that you have the right to approve The items that were specifically sentto you are on the top of the list Please Note By default this page will only display workflow tasks for the previous day To display tasks from a specific date range choose from the options below and click search Tasks completed 27 04 08 Calendar and 28 04 08 Calendar between Search Your Tasks Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 342 q gt Started 25 04 08 Requester Neil Young Type Workflow Group at 05 78 PM Publisher Neil Young Group Name test The Status Flag colour denotes the following Yellow Awaiting Publisher Approval Red Denied Publisher Approval Green Approved item 1 Select the magnifying glass icon on the workflow group you wish to review for approval Existing Workflow Groups Name Content Assigned Workflow Status Actions test group 2 lt
175. h Group A Groups 2 Note If no keyword is entered for the search then all users that belong to a group will be returned FL am ct tt ae aes ame me m o oae amea aem SS SS SS eS SS tN Dd tnt nt ne amm a a 5 Select the user s that you want as a contact by clicking in the checkboxes provided 6 Click on the Add All Checked button to add the user Add Contacts Search Group All Groups Keyword Search Username First Hame Last Name shane Shane Kelk jamesk James Kerford C Add All Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 81 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 To seta primary contact for the content pool item click on the Make Primary link Existing Contacts Assigned User Primary Contact Remove Shane Kelhy James Kerford Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 82 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 10 Editing Content Pool Item Contacts 1 Edit the required Content Pool Item and click on the Contacts tab on the top navigation bar Locations Preview Status version Control General Advanced Permissions 2 Scroll to the Existing Contacts section 3 Remove page contacts as required by clicking on the checkboxes provided Existing Contacts
176. he Dynamic Form and export it to an excel spreadsheet 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate form Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 115 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO New Form Existing Forms 1 Contact Form Edit Delete Website Homel Contact Us Edit 2 Inthe Results section choose the timeframe that you wish to view the results for from the Date Submitted drop down or specify your own timeframe using the date fields Results Date Submitted days View Results Clear Results 3 Click View Results to see the results for the chosen timeframe Results Date Submitted In the last 30 w 26 09 2014 za to 26 10 2014 View Results Clear Results 4 The results will be displayed on the screen Results Export to Exce Date Submitted Form Version fYourName fYourEmail fPostCode fYourPhoneNumber fYourMessage fNotifymewithnewsandspecials 27 9 2014 14 28 45 8 IBC business ibc com au 6000 6555 1838 Test 2 true 5 To export the results click on the Export to Excel link Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 116 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 2 Employment The Employment feature gives administrators the ability to advertise j
177. he public site immediately Within each pages or features administration the live date and time can be selected Live Date 27 11 2007 05 03PM Calendar This feature is especially useful for releasing news items or events 1 6 2 Archiving Pages Features amp Content Items Verdi allows you to schedule pre set dates for when the content should be archived Archiving the content removes it from being viewed on the public site highlighting the content as being no longer in use This content is not deleted and is still available to republish to the site Within each pages or features administration the archive date can be selected If required you can select to Never Archive an item Archive Date EEE E Calendar Never Archive iv 1 6 3 Scheduling the Refresh Date for Pages Features amp Content Items Verdi allows you to schedule pre set dates for when the content should be refreshed By entering a refresh date an email notification will be sent to remind administrators when content should be checked Within each pages or features administration the refresh date can be selected Refresh Date 2711 2008 05 03PM E Calendar Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 22 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 7 System Requirements KKK Verdi supports the following web browsers on a PC platform running Win 95
178. hey can access within their Verdi administration area See figure below The following table defines the default activities given to each role within Verdi 3 2 Content Structure Content AGRE NEES i i Workflow Publisher Admin Admin Tee ACTIVITY Description Configure and Access to system configuration administer entire utilities such as database and Verdi System file settings Administer the site Access to everything in Verdi not configuration Admin except configuration utilities utilities Add and modify Allows users to add edit and delete content from content content items and folders and assign content to assign to structure structure pages Je rate Allows users to publish content pp p when not using the advanced content workflow module Administrate Content Allows the user to add edit Pool Folders delete and move folders Administrate Site Allows the user to administer the Structure site structure View Public Site Public View Permission Defines user as being a member Mailing List Access of a Mailing List contrary to regular admin and public users AGN CEAN a raw Allows the user to see Workflow utilities Only valid for use with Access Advanced workflow module Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 19 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO v v Sde s i i i Pete dsistst ss s s GP eis elsi
179. hin in the site see sections 2 1 2 for adding and removing custom stylesheets Homepages See section 2 9 Assigning a Page Tier to a Homepage Interaction Options See section 2 1 2 for information regarding the nteraction Options available 2 3 Adding a Utility Page Utility pages are pages that may not fit within the general site structure e g contact us search news etc Subsequently they need to be hidden from the navigation 1 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigation Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 35 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 0 Site Structure s a Add Page to all Homepages Homepage O Style Sheet 4dministration O Templates Administration MH Content E Features B Advanced Mi Users Ce ee we sal 2 Click next to the homepage that you want to add the new sub tier to Click on the Add Page to this Tier option Site Structure ot Add Page to all Homepages El er Homepage H IP Content c Add Page to this Tier ee eee e e e 1 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 36 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO General Information Title Title Abbreviation Admin Reference Title HTML Title Default Public URL i Public U
180. hite boxes e Each activity is linked by one or more lines called transitions which describe how the process flows from one activity to another The activities are organised into rows showing which group of workflow users have permission to affect each activity In Verdi these Feng a O Of bt a a f o wo orkflow 2 Qa activity 1 Oo 3 Approval from Sx Business unit E O Manager Denled e Approved CE po ieee a oat toa PS i activity 2 Approved activity 3 o9 i Approval from Approval from amp CFO Legal Dept Oo l x x apoi amp gt 29 Workflow Approved 21 activity 4 oz 1 oO Approval from amp CEO 5 i l EEE x roles are pre determined to be integrated with various User Groups Therefore each row in the diagram relates to one User Group Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 194 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved in Verdi Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 3 2 Approving individual content items with Advanced Workflow The process of a Content Editor requesting approval for an individual content item and workflow users approving or denying is shown below 1 Content Editor creates or edits a content item Note this version of the content item is still effectivel
181. iSSIONS cccccccccscccesssccesssceessscssscecsusuecsusuecsusuecsuauecsuauecsuauecsuauecseauecsenaseseanes 52 2 12 3 Setting Public User PELMISSIONS cccccccscccesssccesssesessecsescecsesuecsusuecssauecsuauecsuauecsuauecsuauecsuauecseeasessanes 53 2 12 4 Setting Public Group Permissions ccccccccccsssccsesecssscecssscecssscecssseecssaeecsecsesesusessueeseuseseauessuaneseseanes 54 2 13 EDITING AND DELETING INDIVIDUAL PERMISSIONG ccccsccccessccessecceeseccesseccesseecesseceeeseecesssecesseeeesseeeesseeens 55 2 13 1 Editing and Deleting Public Permissions ccccccccccccessccesscccesseceesseeceseecceseeceessecesssecesssecesseeeesseeeesaees 55 2 13 2 Editing and Deleting Admin PErMiISSIONS ccccccceesceesseeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeseseeeseseeeseaeeeseseeeseseeeneaeeeseaees 56 214 TRESTRICTING ALL USERS siren an EA A O A ATA 58 2 15 SETTING HOMEPAGE AND TIER CONTACTS ccccsssccssssssccessescessssesessusesecessensessncesecessesecssnensessnsasenseseseeseens 59 2 16 EDITING HOMEPAGE AND TIER CONTACTS ccssscccsssccssscessscccssseeceseeesseeecsseeecesasecesaeecsnaeecsnaeesssaeesssaeeeeas 60 2 17 ADDING HOMEPAGE AND TIER SEE ALSO LINKS sxstsicesitesextnchs edeeasdear ibe cidsnsitenta tee danited eee ewtanseet 60 2 18 EDITING HOMEPAGE AND TIER SEE ALSO LINKS c cccccsscccssscccessscecessseeeeseseecessseeeesssaeceseaeeesssaseeeseaes 62 2 19 DELETING HOMEPAGE AND TIER SEE ALSO L
182. ication if somebody specifically requested WOU to take on the task These tasks are workflow activities Each workflow activity is required to be accepted then approved or denied in order to complete the content approval process Ifyou need to change an accepted item in your list you must contact the webmaster ofthe site Tasks completed Osi05 08 Calendar land 0605 08 Calendar between Search Your Tasks item Workflow Status Status Time Frame Actions ID 237 Process Notify Vvorkflow Started 08 05 08 DA E Le Type Content Acta Review and Approve Levelt at 09 57 PM Title test content folder Version 4 ID 235 Type Content Process Motif Workflow Started 06 05 08 D a 2 Title test content folder Actii Review and Approve Levelt at 09 55 PM Version 3 ID 234 Process Notify VWorkflow Started 06 05 08 TA Ei Le Type Content Acta Review and Approve Levelt at 09 52 PM Tithe Meil content abbrev Version 23 ID 236 Type Content Process Notity_ vvorkflow Started 06 05 06 D fel 2 Title test contentfolder Actiity Review and Approve Levelt at 09 58 PM Version 5 ID 236 Process Motif Workflow Started 06 05 06 an E Fi Type Content Actiity Review and Approve Levelt at 09 55 PM Title test content folder Version 3 This page lists all the content items which this Workflow User has been asked to approve d To review the content before you deny or approve for publishing select the magnifying glass ICON Ib 237 Process Notif
183. ick on the Permissions tab Default Group Memberships 3 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate permission Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission v Go Administration Permissions Type Role Actmity For Actions Allow Structure Administrator C Edit Delete Public Permissions No Public permissions assigned a eee eer 4 Make any required changes 5 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 223 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 10 Editing a Group Permission 1 Click on the Group name for the user group you would like to administer f Users c ae Everyone Lee ay Add a new group J zsh tdd a new user a A IBC O PM Roles amp Activities 2 Click onthe Permissions tab General Group Members User Members Permissions T a a a a a E E E E E E E S E E E E S E E E E E S E S S E E E E S S E S S S S S S S E S S S S S S S S B S S S S S B S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S SS S S SS S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S E S N E E N S E S S S S S S S E s e m s e m a e m s e m a a e m e e e l 3 Click on the Edit option for the permission you would like to change Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission v Administration Permissions T
184. igital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 2 Broken Links Report The Broken Links report tracks pages containing link s to content that no longer exist within the site 1 Click on the Broken Links menu option The report will be generated Broken Links Content Pool item Missing Item Linked Text Missing Item Page Content content ET1 ENBE Page Content content ET 1 El 82 Page Content content ET 1 El 82 Page Content content ET 1 Eb82 _ i Note The report will list the content pool items that have broken links within the content Clicking on the required content pool item within the list will load the content pool item The content item will require editing to fix the broken link 2 Toreview the item that has the broken links select the pages hyperlink within the report listing Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 294 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 3 Unlinked Files Report The Unlinked Files Report locates and reports on all unlinked content items within your site 1 Click on the Unlinked Files menu option 2 Click on the Check for Unlinked Files option to begin generating the report Unlinked Files Content Pool item Content Pool File Missing Date Detected There are no unlinked files heck for unl
185. ing the drop down menu 4 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 54 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 13 Editing and Deleting Individual Permissions 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Permissions tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Status 9 D 19 D 3 a D Q Pe h S 3 3 5 QM Q 2 Select which permissions you wish to remove or edit Options available Public Permissions Admin Permissions 2 13 1 Editing and Deleting Public Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the public permissions link Public Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the public site The default is to allow all people access Edit the public permissions 2 Edit Permission Existing Permissions IP Address Permissions IP Address Type Remove tate De ny Remove All Checked User Permissions No User Permissions specified Group Permissions Group Type ibe Allow Training Allow Pi Remove All Checked a Click on the Permission link for the permission you wish to edit The hyperlinks b The permission details will load Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 55 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Ri
186. inked files piece of live content on your site has all it s files Caution Checking for unlinked files may take a while to run depending on the size of your site 2 Note The report will list content items that have unlinked files The content item will require editing to fix the unlinked files 3 To review the item that has the unlinked files select the pages hyperlink within the report listing Unlinked Files Files were found to be missing Content Pool item Content Pool File Missing Date Detected City Of Nedlands Job File Coffee Bean bmp 14 02 2006 3 45 PM City Of Nedlands Job File Coffee Bean bmp 14 02 2006 3 45 PM City Of Nedlands Job File Coffee Bean bmp 14 02 2006 3 45 PM City Of Nedlands Job File Coffee Bean0 bmp 14 02 2006 3 45 PM City Of Nedlands Job File Coffee Bean1l bmp 14 02 2006 3 45 PM City Of Nedlands Job File Coffee Bean2 bmp 14 02 2006 3 45 PM Check for unlinked files This will check that every piece of live content on your site has all it s files Caution Checking for unlinked files may take a while to run depending on the size of your site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 295 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 4 Navigation Structure Report The Navigation Structure Report displays a site map view of your sites page tier structure 1 Click on the Navigation Structure me
187. ion Add Existing Permissions User Permissions Type Hame Allow Deny Remove Alloa E Remove All Checked Group Permissions User Type Hame Allow Deny Remove BC Role Allow L Remove All Checked 2 Edit Permission a Click on the Permission link for the permission you wish to edit b The permission details will load Make any required changes c Click the Save button to finish Alternatively you can remove the permission s 3 Delete Permission a Select the permission s you wish to remove by checking the Remove checkbox b Click Remove All Checked to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 88 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 13 Restricting All Users 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Permissions tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Status 2 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Fublic Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in ihe public site The J E Fe nlahi Edit the public permissions 2 D U S 2 5 U D V S D D S 3 3 QM Q Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most often used to Initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny P
188. ion 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 7 6 Deleting a Poll Display Location 1 Edit the required poll PortalMaster Enabled Edit l Is PortalMaster easy to use Question Response 1 Response 2 Yes very Some things are easy Response 3 Ho not really View Poll Results Click on the Delete option for the poll display location you would like to remove Add a Display Location Locations Tier Title i Tier 1 Edit Delete P 4 7 7 View the Poll Results Ongoing results of the poll can be viewed within the administration 1 Click on the View Poll Results option for the required poll PortalMaster Enabled Question Is PortalMaster easy to use Response 1 Yes very Some things are easy ho not really Response 2 Response 3 f View Poll Results 2 The results of the poll will open and display in a new popup window Online Poll Results Yes very 50 1 ee Some things are easy 50 1 ee No not really O 0 l Page 162 Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Version 2 0 Document Date October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 8 Site Shortcuts Site Shortcuts enables authorised users to create menus of text links within key places in the site The shortcuts appear in the header footer or some custom sections of all pages within the site Sit
189. ion icon located on the top navigation bar or scroll down and click on the b Add Location button in the Tier Locations section Locations Custom Fields Version Control a Version 1 Live Content Folder Folder Location All Content Folders available Sy Default Content C Documents C Public Site Content membership folder C Public Website C Training Content HHJ Test 4 HHC Test 2 Save Folder Selection Tier Locations Page Name Options This version of ihe content is nol allocated to any pages 5 4D a Q Q m Q O S 5 S S oy Q Q Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 91 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Version 1 Live Homepages Please Selecta Homepage gt Tier 1 No Sub pages Available gt Tier 2 Select Parent First gt Tier 3 Select Parent First gt Section Grid no section selected Position Order Position Highlighted No Enabled H Note If you select an invalid display location an alert will display together with a link to Administer the Tier Element Clicking on this link will load the tier metadata page The tier template will need to be changed before the content will be displayed See section 2 6 for more details on administering the tier template 4 Use the Section Grid Position drop down
190. ion typically requires a Content Publisher to Accept responsibility for completing the action Review the content Approve or deny the content Note the Publisher is simply approving or denying this single step in the workflow This action will not necessarily immediately result in the content item itself being Published 3 An Output once each Publisher has performed their action and all the steps within the workflow have completed then the content item will either be approved and therefore published or denied and not published l Selects 1 from Workflow A 1 available Workflow processes Workflow B ES I i aT e rose 1 54322 Workflow C ge a 7 L l l Approves Content made LIVE to site Creates Content not approved F Denies CONTENT Pe a ADMINISTRATOR Be E e E I EE WRITER weer ge 1 r 7 r 7 L Peg L Ati Workflow Users Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 192 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Approving Groups of content items with advanced workflow Alternatively a content editor can choose to request a group of content items be reviewed and therefore approved or denied as one decision This works in a similar way to individual content items but again replacing the choice of Publisher with a choice of Workflows
191. isFooter 3asce 2 Click on the Multiple Delete option Add a section Multiple Delete Y Templates Admin _ 1 1 Edit Delete 2 2 Edit Delete 3 3 Edit Delete 3 Choose the sections you wish to remove by clicking in the check boxes provided Please select the templates you wish bo delete and dick D lete Checked 1 2 3 4 a 6 i 8 9 100 0000000 OY 4 Click on the Delete Checked button Please select the templates you wish to delete and dick Delete Checked D O Yo OF fF ow MF LYLE LEYLA Ly Cy LI 4 Delete Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 271 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 Click on the OK button to finish or click Cancel to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer J re you sure you want to delete this section at Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 272 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 Custom Fields Administration What is a Custom Field Custom fields allow Verdi to perform customised functionality for each individual Verdi instance while keeping the core product untouched When you add custom fields for Content Formats you are adding additional Meta Data fields to Content files that have been assigned t
192. isplay Tier drop down menu to select an appropriate location on the website for the event teaser to be displayed 4 Select a display order and the location of the full event 5 Click the Save button to finish 4 3 13 Versions 1 The Events Calendar module is version controlled To view all versions of an event Edit the required event and click on the Versions tab Locations Contacts Documents General Teaser Version 2 All versions will be listed and can be edited by clicking the edit link for the version you wish to edit Saving changed to a version will not change the version but will create a new version with your changes Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 133 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Versions Version Creator Date Version Created Publisher Admin TFA 0 2009 22 57 23 Admin 2 Admin TSA 0 2009 12 40 33 3 Admin TSA 0 2009 12 40 46 4 Admin 1971 0 2009 12 41 28 5 Admin TSM 0 2009 12 41 58 Bi Admin TSA 0 2009 12 44 28 T Admin 2071 0 2009 09 32 49 g Admin 201 0 2009 09 37 17 g Admin 21110 2009 10 32 26 10 Admin 21110 2009 10 33 05 11 Admin 2111 0 2009 10 33 22 12 Admin 21110 2009 10 33 59 13 Admin 2111 0 2009 10 35 53 Admin 14 Admin 211102009 10 52 10 15 Admin 2111 0 2009 10 52 20 4 3 14 Searching the Event Archive Live Version Options Mo edit Mo
193. istration menu Style Sheets TierOi Header Container Footer Te mplate Administration remiates D TierLi Tier2 i Tier3i CONIntraHomepageHeader ascx CONHomeContainer ascx CONFooter ascx 2 Click on the Add a Template link Add a Template Form T0 1 Template Name Compatible With Tier 0 Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Header Footer Container Layout Graphic Moa Mo No No HomeHesderesce Fa oterasce Home Container asice He pe humb jpg Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 261 Date October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 Enter a Template Name in the text box 4 Select which tiers are Compatible With the template Depending upon your choices the template will then be made available to users who administer tier O tier 1 tier 2 or tier 3 pages 5 Select the preferred Header file for the template Header files are non editable and are created by IBC during the graphic consultation phase of the development Each selection will display a different page layout 6 Select the preferred Footer file for the template Footer files are non editable and are created by IBC during the graphic consultation phase of the development Each selection will display a different page layout 7 Select the preferred Container for the templa
194. it Pencil and follow the procedu Alternatively go directly to the area you are interested Using the Edit Pencil Find Content to Edit Edit o Image Preview Content Approve Content Once you have read the instructions on each stage TEE 3 Click on the required icon to load the content item or tier within the administration and make any required changes Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 78 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 8 Setting your Content Pool Item Pop Up Settings What is a Pop Window A pop up window is a small window that opens in a new browser screen above the screen you are currently using Verdi allows you to display certain pages within your site within a pop up window The following steps describe what can be administered within this 1 Select the content pool item that you want to administer the pop up settings for 2 Click on the Files tab the Content File List will load with the current documents for the content pool item Locations Preview Status Version Control General Advanced C Files gt Contacts Permissions content File List File s Format Muttipat Size Ontions InineContenthin Inline Content Yes oKKL Ect All available formats have been used for content 3 Click on the Edit link to access the Pop up Settings 4 Select Yes to Show in Popup Window
195. ite APPROVE PUBLISH CONTENT Approves the content and publishes it live to the public site SAVE Saves the content you are working on S ADD TO WORKFLOW GROUP The Edit Pencil The Edit Pencil allows users to quickly and easily find and edit existing content by clicking on the public site and being directly linked to that content within the administration areas By selected the pencil icons you can turn the edit pencil function on and off Turn Edit Turn Edit STN Pencil on Ea Pencil off Edit pencil is turned off Edit pencil is turned on Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 18 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 1 5 Administration Users amp Workflow The Verdi administration interface allows the management of administration users and their permissions to modify the public site Permissions Roles and Activities Users access to the functions of the administration system is dependent on their assigned role in the content management process To define access levels Verdi has several defined Administration Roles ACTIVITY System Administrator Site Administrator Content Publisher ACTIVITY Structure Administrator Content Administrator Advanced Workflow User Each role is delegated a set of activities which act as permissions to what functions t
196. ite Administrators v Allow Deny Allow v Sa c Make any required changes d Click the Save button to finish Alternatively you can remove the permission s 3 Delete Permission Group Permissions Group Type Remove ibc Allow Training Allow C Remove All Checked gt c Select the permission s you wish to remove by checking the Remove checkbox d Click Remove All Checked to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 57 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 14 Restricting All Users 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Permissions tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Status 2 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Public Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the public site The default is to allow all people access Edit the public permissions Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most ofen used to initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this tern Add Permission User Permission Add Existing Permissions IP Address Permissions No IP Adoress Permissions specified User Permissions No User Permissions speciiied Group Permissions No Group Permissi
197. item will remain until it has been approved or denied Hai Version 1 Requested Not Approvec e An email will be sent to the selected publishers with links and details of the content to be approved Content Publisher receives the request An email is automatically sent to the publisher by Verdi noting the Content Editor who is requesting approval and a link to the content in question PortalMaster Publisher Notification Request 9 Message Plain Text ipe Edt yew Actions Help aBel Rer ona From Sent Mon 13 2 2006 10 07 AM To laah deri ibc com au Ce Subject PortalMaster Publisher Notification Request 9 Leah SystemAdmin Dent leahwriter leahvriter leah dent ibc com au has requested that you publish the Vorkflov Request ID 9 You can vieu this item by folloving this link http pm2S usermanual demo ibc com au admin svre admin derfault aspx referrer URL contentPool aspxt 3 ifcurrent TabNames 3dWVorkflowsZz0Tasks Please review this information as soon as possibic Additional Information testing one Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 184 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Content Publisher can review the content item f Select the hyperlink to view the content item g The Verdi browser window opens and asks for the Publisher s Log In details h Verdi opens at the You
198. k on the News option under Features E Features Dynamic Forms Employment Events Calendar FAQs Mailing Lists Polls Site Shortcuts O Analytics 2 Click the Add News button D News Non Archived news These are the news items on your site which are yet to reach their archive date use the search Add News 3 The page will display the News Article section Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 148 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO i oe eS 10 12 13 Hu News Article This is atestnews category Tite Category f Os eas ories Oo Document ee Oo Events Categories Te Web Page Content Copy summary Release Date 08 06 2070 09 04 EF Calendar The official release date of the news item not the date it will appear on the site dd mmyyyy HH mm Start Display Date jogi06201 0 09 04 F Calendar ddimmyyyy HH mm End Display Date jogio6i201 1 09 04 E Calendar dd mmyyyy HH mm Available Locations Enabled Save Type in a title for your news article into the Title text box Category select the category from the category tree Paste or type the body of the news item into the Copy text area Summary enter a general summary of your article Using the Release Date calendar select the date the news item was released Using the Start Display Dat
199. k on the Verdi Role amp Activities option within the Users menu E Users re Everyone 1 Verdi Roles amp Activities leee SeS D D S D E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E D E E D E E D E R D D E D E E E E E D E E D EE E D EE S D SED E ED SEE S ED ED E D SE S D D E D D E ED SED E D SED E D SD E ED SD S D ED E D SED E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E EE E EE E E E E E E E E E E E E E E D E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E e E l e e l e e l l l m l l l l l l l l l I I l a aa aaa aaam Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 232 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 8 2 Viewing Verdi Roles 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Site Structure Ka Refresh a 4dd Homepage E Add Page to all Homepages Verdi CMS O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content Features E Advanced 2 Click on the Verdi Roles amp Activities option within the Users menu CRTR 3 Click on the Verdi Role tab to view the roles available in Verdi Verdi Activity Verdi Role ActivitwRole Assignment De SS Ss ll See the Administration Users amp Workflow section for a table of Verdi default roles and activities Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 233 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp
200. ks list lf there is no next step then this final approval may signal that the overall content item is approved and the system can move onto the final step explained below titled Completing the workflow process Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 201 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Denying the item instead of approving it will provide a similar form such as this Search Workflow Tasks Workflow Groups Email Updates Deny workflow activity work item To Deny this work item click the deny button below Depending on the current workflow process By denying this item you are not allowing itto be published The workflow process will move onto the next item based on this decision Ensure that you make notes to provide details to why you have not approved the item ee Deny Clicking Deny will add your notes to this workflow item and remove the item from your Workflow tasks list The content item may then move on in the workflow to the next activity in the workflow process and therefore show up in another workflow users Workflow tasks list If so then workflow will repeat the last four steps again If not and this is the last workflow activity in this workflow process then we move onto he next step Selected Advanced Workflow Process finally approves or denies content item The end of the workflow process for
201. l 13 From the Add new file of type drop down select PDF and click the Add File button Preview Status Version Control Files Contacts Permissions Version 1 Not Approved Locations Custom Fields Advanced General Content File List File s Format Multipart Size Options There are no content files for this content item Add new file oftype PDF Add File ee 5 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 169 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Content File Upload Select File Files Size Select Folder Remove File Remove All Primary File is Update List Alternate Link Name Display as Inline Content Style Sheet Print Style Normal The stylesheet selected here will only apply to content that appears on its own page e g in a pop up window The stylesheet applied to content not appearing on i s own page will be that of the tier the content is displayed on Custom Fields No Custom Fields were found for this itern Pop up Settings Show in Popup No E Show Popup Settings window Save 14 Click the Select File button and browse to the PDF file that you want to upload to the site 15 Once you have selected the file that you require the Content File Upload form will update with the selected file s Fill in the Alternative Link Name if you do not wa
202. ld for a Content Format Content Format Inline Content v Name Type Text v Default value Size Required Yes v Description Interface Type Text Interface Order 1 ipa Display in Public a Include in Search A Save Cancel Select the Content Format from the drop down menu to add a field to Enter a Name for the field Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen a salt hag Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format section Title Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 274 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in
203. lect Parent First 3 Enter some text in the Description box for the link 4 Use the Display Order drop down menu to select the position in the list for the link 5 Choose one of the following options a Click on the See Content Item option to link to a Content Pool Item rather than to a tier or b Use the See Page drop down menus to link to another tier 6 Click on the Save button to finish See Also Links Remove Test d Remove All Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 61 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 18 Editing Homepage and Tier See Also Links 1 Select the required tier and click on the See Also Links tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Click on the link that you want to edit Aiso Links Remove aou gt a Remove Al Checked 3 Make any required changes Add Link See Also Link within the site v Add Add See Also Link Description Display Order 1s C See Content item E Content Pool Advanced Training C Content Publishing amp Writing Training o Custom Modules C Default Features Training C Overview amp Welcome Content a Site Structure Training H Training Resources amp Docs h Users amp Permission Trai
204. led these items will not be accessible Click on the Browse button to locate an icon from your local or network drive 9 Enter a Shortcut Icon Hint This is used on the public site to describe the shortcut 10 Select the Assigned Homepages that you would like the shortcut to appear on This allows you to control which public site the shortcut appears on if you have multiple sites running from the same instance of Verdi If you would like the shortcut to appear on all websites check the All Homepages checkbox 11 Click Save to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 164 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 8 2 Editing a Site Shortcut 1 Click on the edit option for the appropriate Site Shortcut Add a Shortcut All Homepages Description Last Updated Options Footer Links add About Us 2M 10 2014 D Privacy Policy 23 10 2014 edit del 2 Make the appropriate changes 3 Click the Save button to finish 4 8 3 Deleting a Site Shortcut 1 Click on the del option for the appropriate Site Shortcut Add a Shortcut All Homepages Description Last Updated Options About Us 2102014 Privacy Policy 23 10 2074 edit del 2 You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified Site Shortcut click on the OK button to confirm Document Verdi CMS Version 3
205. les Content Pool Items are added to Tier Elements to create the Website pages that are displayed to end users Tier Elements may contain multiple Content Pool Items Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 12 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 3 Logging In and Logging Out of Verdi 1 3 1 Logging In 1 Open your web browser and type your Website Administration address into the Address bar 2 The Verdi Login will appear VERDI CMS w4 1 SUPPORTED BROWSERS Please enter your username and password into the form below and click Login Username Password Firefox 3 IE 6 Remember Me You are using Firefox 21 LOGIN A verdi enterprise content management Enter your username in the Username text box Enter your password in the Password text box Click once on the Login button The Verdi Administration page should appear and your name should be displayed at the upper left of the screen ee 2 Note If you have entered either your username or password incorrectly an alert will be displayed Click on Back to Login Page and re enter your details 7 Depending on your role the full Verdi Administration Index page will be displayed Certain sections of the Administration index will not be displayed if you do not have permission or access 1 3 2 Logging Out 1 Click once on the
206. li sile The Edit the public permissions Public Permissions Piostrict All This condition is most oten used to initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this tem Add Permission User Permission Add Existing Permissions IP Address Permissions IP Achiress Type Remove A Deny B Remove All Checked User Permissions User Type Remove jason Allow E Remove All Checked Greup Permissions Group Type Reinove IBG Allor E Remove All Checked 2 Edit Permission a Click on the Permission link for the permission you wish to edit b The permission details will load Make any required changes Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 87 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO c Click the Save button to finish Alternatively you can remove the permission s 3 Delete Permission a Select the permission s you wish to remove by checking the Remove checkbox b Click Remove All Checked to remove permissions as required 3 12 2 Editing and Deleting Admin Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the admin permissions link Admin Permissions These permissions define who can perform various administration tasks to eer age Ihe eal Gay access to all users Admin Permissions Add Permission Group Permiss
207. low activities Each workflow activity is required to be accepted then approved or denied in order to complete the content approval process Ifyou need to change an accepted item in your list you must contact the webmaster of the site Tasks completed OB6 05 08 Calendar land o70s08 Calendar between Search Your Tasks Item Workflow Status Status Time Frame Actions ID 237 Process Motif arkin 1 days Sa E La Type Content Acthaity Review and Approve Lewelil Started 06 05 08 Title test content folder at Os 5 Ph Version 4 ID 235 1 days Type Content Process Motit Workflow Title test content folder Acthity Review and Approve Levelt ee ne Si g la at 09 55 Pha Version 3 ID 234 Process Notify vvorkflow 1 days fel La Type Content Actmaity Review and Approve Levelt Started 06 05 08 Tithe Meil content abbrey at 09 52 Phil Version 23 ID 238 1 days Type Content Process Motif Workflow Tithe test content folder Acthat Review and Approve Level anen R Sa g la at 04 58 Pha Version 5 ID 236 Process Motif Vvorkflow 1 days Sa a La Type Content Actnaty Review and Approve Levelt Started UBI05 08 Title test content folder at 09 55 Pha Version 3 Remember that you are only approving or denying the item as part of your role in the whole workflow process there may be other workflow users who may have to approve or deny along with you to create the final decision of whether the c
208. loyment Opportunity Grounds Keeper Enabled D ate Advertised Edik Delete f 9 02 2005 10 4406 AM You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified Job click on the OK button to finish Adding a Job Location A job vacancy can be displayed on multiple locations within the website 1 2 Date To add a Job Location to a specific job Edit the required job and click on the Add a Job Location button Add 4 Job Location Job Locations Tier Level Tier Name There are currently no Job Locations The Add Job Location form will load dd Job Location Tier 0 Please Select a Tier Tier 1 Select Parent First Tier Element Tier 2 Select Parent First M Tier 2 Select Parent First All Tiers a Recursive Display No Enabled No Add Location Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 121 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 There are two options available for selecting a job location To select a specific tier location use the Tier Element drop down menus 4 You can choose to display the job vacancy on all tiers that have the Employment module assigned by checking the All Tiers check box 5 Set Recursive Display to Yes if you want the job vacancy to recur in the subsequent levels of the sel
209. lt lt ale px v 1 5 1 Different Views for Different Administration Users Roles When logging into the Verdi administration area different roles will be given different interface options There are three main methods for controlling access to the interface options 1 Index Page Selected menu items may not appear within the Index page menu 2 Left Hand Navigation Selected menu items may not appear within the left hand navigation menu 3 Disabled greyed out menu items Menu items within the left hand navigation area are disabled greyed out when an administration user does not have access to modify them Interface Defaults for Administration Roles INTERFACE PERMISSIONS p Rode Index Page Left Hand Navigation Disabled items System Administrator Full Permissions Full Permissions Full Permissions Site Administrator Full Permissions except Full Permissions except N A no permissions to view no permissions to view Advanced Public Advanced Public Settings and menu Settings and menu options options Content Publisher Permissions to view Permissions to view Site Structure and Content Administration Content Administration content pool items and Features menu Site Structure and disabled Can only edit Features menu Site the content pool items Structure and content the user has permissions pool items disabled in left to hand menu Structure Administrator No Permissions Site Structure menu Can only edit the site vie
210. m Edit Delete Website Home Contact Us Edit Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 101 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 Click on the Blank Form option Add New Form New Dynamic Form Blank Form p Select Default Form Add Dynamic Form Tier Page Selection Select Page Content Pool Selection Please note you will need to have Content Publisher access to the page you wish to allocate the dynamic form to Form Name Description Form Administrator Default User Admin w Additional Recipients You may supply additional form submission email recipients here separated by a semicolon submit Screen Message This is the message that will be displayed successful submission of the form Live Date 26 10 2014 21 03 38 E Archive Date 26 10 2019 21 03 38 Fal save to Database send Auto Response Yes v No Auto Response Subject P Auto Response Fram Auto Response Body Make Default Insert Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 102 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 Click the Select Page button to display the Verdi Page Selector popup window Use this popup window to select a tier to display the form VEU r aye ARIELI
211. mic FOSIM ccccccccccccccccscccesescsecesseecceeseeeeeesseeecesseeceeesseeeeeeeeeeenseeeess 115 A2 EMPLOYMENT einna a a a r a E ete Un Een Terre are 117 4 2 1 FICO RINGWOOD aeaea a A ch te ie a dt ted hae eet 117 4 2 2 Publishing your Employment feature On the Public Site 2 ccc cccccccessecceesseceeesseeeesesseeeeeneeeess 119 4 2 3 EO es JOD Serna Rae amr te ee eee aoe OE RE RE de POT EEN eT eee ee Tee oe Cee E Eee 121 4 2 4 B E1282 A8 6 PAAA PEE AA ee ee IAI AET PENA A EAEL NA PAVE EN NEA LE A Ae ee 121 AZ POQING adob LOCAUON siete i Natacha rei Dard tn ciated ieee Gilstad diate Ol catch a 121 40 Elg AAI ODE OCAUOM sist SG Rates ce A Gil closed OE E alana ae 122 427 AICICUNG aob LOGAN OIN acii E tna saad ean tanec A E cay aedeind E EE 122 AS EVENTS CALENDAR onana ea ae tea okie cease esas cic soa E te as tale nce eta EA Oe 123 Lost A S 6 1 6 6 Jo ca Reem eee rm E renee ee 123 4 3 2 Publishing your Events feature on the Public Site oc cece ccccccsscccceesssceceeesssceccesesseeeceeessseeeeeeeneas 126 7 He gimme xt 11108 AME VON ram ee rt et ir E ce re et oe Pe 126 A34 AICICUING an Evon esee ee aoe ces sesh Ie aM ah eRe ane E E nae es cated cad 126 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 4 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 4 3 5 Adding additional Event Times to an existing EVO NT ccccccccccscccccsssecc
212. n ia Refresh a Odd Homepage Add Page to all Homepages al Homepage O Style Sheet 4dministration O Templates Administration MB Content E Features BM Advanced m Users 2 Click on the Add Page to all Homepages option O Site Structure a Refresh a 4dd Homep Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 40 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 5 Administering the Pop up Window Settings of a Page What is a Pop Window A pop up window is a small window that opens in a new browser screen above the screen you are currently USING Verdi allows you to display certain pages within your site within a pop up window The following steps describe what can be administered within this 1 Click on the Pop Up Settings tab General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection 2 Select Pop Up Window from the Tier Element Type drop down menu and click the Save button Pop Up Window Tier Element Type Pop up Settings Dimensions Width Height Resizable Yes Allow Size Control v Position Top Left Menu Bar Show Toolbar Show Location Bar Show Status Bar Show Scrollbars Show Directories Show 3 Complete the settings as follows a Enter a Width for the window in pixels A common size is 500 pixels b Enter a Height for the wi
213. n 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add and modify content items and assign to structure Administrate Content Pool Folders Approve and publish content Administrate Site Structure View Public Site Mailing List Access Advanced Workflow Access Note Depending upon the type of admin user some settings may not be available A number of administration permissions may be given to one user 3 Use the Tier drop down menus to select an area of the site to associate a permission Alternatively select the Folder Content option to associate permission to an individual content pool folder Optional Apply to a Tier Content Folder or Item C Tier Homepages Please Selecta Homepage N Tier 1 No Sub pages Available amp Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First w tE 43 Content Pool Advanced Training CJ Content Publishing amp Writing Training Custom Modules C Default C Features Training Overview amp Welcome Content Site Structure Training L Training Resources amp Docs C or FolderiConten C Users amp Permission Training Save 4 Click the Save button to complete adding the permission Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 220 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 7 Editing a User
214. n Confidence E amp EO Assign Admin Permission Here you can either allow or deny a Role or particular Activity Ifa tier or content item is not specified the permission applies to all relevant items Action Deny wv Role C Activity a Select the Action type v Allow This will allow the user to access content within the role or activities vi Deny This will deny the user from accessing content within the role or activities b Using the radio button select either a Role or Activity and then select from the drop down field ROLE Each role is delegated a set of activities which act as permissions to what functions they can access within their Verdi administration area See figure below Role options include System Administrator Site Administrator Content Publisher Structure Administrator Content Administrator Advanced Workflow User Alternatively you can select from the Activity drop down to choose an action for the user ACTIVITY Activity options include Administer the site entire Verdi System not configuration utlities Mailing List Access Administer system settings Administrate the site not advanced configuration Add and modify content items and assign to structure Administrate Content Pool Folders Approve and publish content Administrate Site Structure View Public Site Advanced Workflow Access T a m e e e e e e e ee e mee 2 Use the Tier drop down menus to select an area of the site to a
215. n Unrestricted access Secure Connection Allow Normal Connection v External URL Document Date Updated By Site Map Display If you do not want the homepage page to show in the sitemap then set this option to Don t display in sitemap This option is set as default Searchability This option is used to include exclude the homepage page from the search feature on the site The default option is set to Exclude from site search so that anyone may view the page Access Restriction lf logon access is required to gain entry to the page then this option should be set to Require logon for access The default option is set to Unrestricted access so that anyone may view the page Secure Connection This option will ascertain whether a secure connection is required to access the page External URL Insert a website address here to link to an external site Note Make sure the full address is entered eg http www ibc com au Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 31 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 2 Adding a Page Tier 1 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigation Refresh a 4dd Homepage Add Page to all Homepages m gr Homepage O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration m Content M Features BM Advanced E Users 2 Click next to the homepage that y
216. n for the appropriate event Web Page Content Title Live Date Archive Date Last Editor Enabled _Ofttions IBC Testing 30 11 2009 30 11 2010 Admin Default User True el IBC Testing Copy 30 11 2009 30 11 2010 Admin Default User True edit del 2 scroll to the event times section on the General Tab Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 126 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Event Times Start Date End Date Options OAMO2010 11 02 00 0p0A2010 1202 00 del Start Date E Calendar iddim HH mmi End Date E Calendar Add Event Time Cadi HH mm To add additional event times for this event select Start and End dates and click the Add Event Time button then save the Event Changes to Event Times are not saved until you save the Event 1 Add one or more event times by doing the following shown in figure below a Select start and end dates using the calendars or typing directly into the appropriate fields b Click the Add Event Time button to add an event time to the list of event times c c Review the list of event times and save the event when you are ready to save your changes Event Times End Date O40 22010 12 02 00 204010 14 25 00 240272010 15 26 00 de Start Date 25 02 2010 14 26 caera yad a ddime HH mm __ End Date 2502 201 015 26
217. n form Types such as select boxes 3 Select a form Type Options include Checkbox inserts a checkbox field m File inserts a file field to allow users to browse and attach a file from their local or network drive Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 106 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Password inserts a password field which blanks out characters when they are entered into the field Radio Button inserts a radio button field Select inserts a select field allowing users to select items from a drop down list box Select Multi inserts a select box allowing uses to select multiple items from a list Text inserts a text field Text Area inserts a text area field which allows for additional input Enter a Default Value for the field This value will be pre filled in the field within the form Enter a Field Description This is an internal descriptive for the field Select a position for the field within the form using the Position drop down menu Enter a Max Length value for the field This value represents the length of the field within the form and a common value is 50 Choose whether the field is for an email address using the Email Address drop down menu If the form field that you are adding is for an email address then this should be set to Yes Choose whether the field is mandato
218. n from jamaica Allow Site Administrator Allow Site Administrator D bogey mun from jamaica l H a tt tt tt a a et nT TT Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 297 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 6 Content Lifecycle Report The Content Lifecycle Report reports on each content item displaying when the content item was created published modified and where applicable when it expires 1 Click on the Content Lifecycle menu option 2 Use the search form to enter search parameters and click on the Search button Content Lifecycle Keyword s Owner Documents added E Calendar lana between E Calendar Include dates in T search Include Graveyard No Dontinclude deleted items x Return Yersions 3 The search will generate a report listing and its associated creation date published date last modified date and expiry date Content Lifecycle Keyword s ledit pencil Owner Documents added E Calendar land between E Calendar Include dates in search Include Graveyard No Dont include deleted items v Return Versions Name Version Published Altered ExpiryDate Owner User last modified 15 01 2008 15 01 2008 8 56 AM Never Archive Default User AdminfAdmin Clever Edit Pencil 2 15 01 2008 30 01 2008 5 35 PM Never Archive Default User Admin Admin Clever E
219. n the navigation bar and the pages tiers will display 2 Make any required changes 3 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 45 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 8 Deleting a Homepage or Page Tier 1 Click on the required homepage or page tier on the left navigation O Site Structure Ls resh D Add Homepage l Add Page to all Homepages Homepage O Style Sheets O Templates Administration D Content E Features B Advanced D Users 2 Scroll down and click on the Delete button Save Delete 3 Click on the OK Delete button to finish or click Cancel to stop the deletion Are you sure you want to delete the Structure Item Getting Started Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 46 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 9 Assigning a Page Tier to a Homepage A tier can be assigned to a particular homepage Verdi can have many homepages which act as mini sites all within the main site Assigning a tier to a particular homepage restricts the tier from appearing in the navigation for other areas of the site other than when the assigned homepage Is displayed 1 Select the required tier and click on the Advanced tab Contacts Links
220. nal Contact Company Full Name Ace johnny WXYZ Company JohnWayne D add All Checked 3 Check the Add check boxes of the existing External Contacts to link to the event and click the Add All Checked button T AUUE temae ama e e a a et a ee 1 Search Keyword John Search Create a new External Contact Company Full Name Add Pe ae johnny gt any John wayne ATE Com 4 Ifthe External Contact does not already exist you can create a new External Contact by clicking Create a new External Contact Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 131 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO AE Terna ON cA ye ates ree aed olay ae ee accor lee et ae ee oy sg ger a Ui T Z 8 a 5 2 A g John Search Create anew External Contact 5 Complete the required fields on the Create New External Contact form and click the Save button General Logo Company Full Mame Phone Fax Email Mobile Address City ee State ee Post Code Web site ey Enabled 2 The External Contact will be added to the system but will not have been linked to your event After you have save the new External Contact you will be taken back to the Contacts tab of your event where you can search External Contacts and
221. nce surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text E g If you wanted to output the value of the field you set to name you would include the place holder S name in the position where you want the name value 9 Click the Save button to finish You have only created one option within your list of radio buttons or checkboxes Please continue to step 10 to create more values fields 10 To add additional items to the checkbox or radio buttons click on the Add link next to the item you have created Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 110 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO New Field Fields for this Form Name Type Default 1 Checkbox Checkbox Value add dit Delete Note Fields marked with a are required 11 Repeat steps 1 9 as above a Use the exact same field name for field name you create b Using the Add option will ensure that the field name is pre populated in the Add Form Field form 4 1 6 Setting up an Auto Responder for your form The last step you may choose to take is to add an Auto responder to your form As the name implies an Auto Responder automatically sends a response to the person sending the form 1 Select Yes from the Send Auto Response drop down menu Send Auta Yesiv include user responses in notification email e Response You have selected to have
222. ncil is turned on 1 Click on the Turn on Edit Pencil option located at the bottom of the Administration screen or click on the pencil icon located in the Administration page header Verdi CAS Administration ve rd Logged in as Admin Default User Log out portalnaster emteninse cra O Site Structure T Turn Edit a Pencil on i lA j Refresh Content Template Administration 3 E Add Homepage E Add Page to all Homepages Content Administration Style Sheets amp verdi CMS Graveyard Templates O Style Sheet Administration Retrieve deleted content O Templates Administration Advanced E Content Features etext Custom Fields Administration eatures Dynamic Forms E Advanced Site Variables Administration E Users Employment o Domain Administration Events Calendar Reports FAQs Content Formats Mailing Lists Acisrantabae tists Or Boat w oresvece Content Categories Interaction Point Types Meta Keywords Dictionary pl Index Public Site Log out Turn on Edit Pencil Date 6 2 2008 Time 11 21 AM CEITRE 2 Content Pool Items and Tiers that you have permission to edit will display with a pencil icon Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 77 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO A QUICK HOME RUN The Try Out gt Event 1 Event 1 demonstrates how easily content can be edited learn how to use the Ed
223. ndow in pixels A common size is 500 pixels c To allow users to resize the window once it is opened set Resizable to Yes Allow Size Control d Enter a Top position for the window to display This figure determines how many pixels down from the top of the screen to display the window Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 41 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO So Enter a Left position for the window to display This figure determines how many pixels from the left of the screen to display the window If you would like to display a menu bar on the window set Menu Bar to Show If you would like to display a toolbar on the window set Toolbar to Show If you would like to display a location bar on the window set Location Bar to Show To display a status bar on the window set Status Bar to Show To display scrollbars on the window set Scrollbars to Show To display the browser Links toolbar set Directories to Show 4 Click on the Save button to finish Document Date Updated By Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 42 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 6 Administering the Page Tier Template The tier template controls what is displayed and where on the page Depending upon which
224. nfidence E amp EO 6 Enter a Default value for the custom field if applicable This will be what is displayed by default in the field 7 Enter a Size for the custom field if applicable This figure determines the length of the text box for the field A common value is 50 Select if the field is mandatory using the Required drop down menu Enter a Description for the field 0 Use the Interface Type drop down menu to select a field type to add So Options Include Text Adds a text field Text Area Adds a text box field Select Adds a drop down list box Tree Adds a tree structure Radio Buttons Adds radio button fields 11 Use the Interface Order drop down menu to select the position where the custom field will be placed if there is more than one custom field then this list will have several position numbers 12 Click the Save button to finish eee 4 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 277 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 3 Adding a Custom Field to Users 2 Note When entering the Custom Fields administration the Content Format tab will be active 1 Click on the Users tab IP Types Other Category Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content 2 Click on the New button Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content
225. ning C or See Page Homepages Please Selecta Homepage Tier 1 Select Parent First vi Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First w 4 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 62 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 19 Deleting Homepage and Tier See Also Links 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Links tab on the top navigation bar Contacts lt Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the links that you would like to remove Click on the Remove All Checked button to confirm the removal of the selected link s See Also Links Ren Contact Us About See Also Links Remove Contact Us A About E i Remove AJI Checked Remove All Checked 2 20 Adding Homepage and Tier Related Links 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Links tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select Related Link outside the site from the Add Link options and click the Add button Add Link Related Link outside the site v Add Related Link Description URL Display Order 3 Enter some text in the Description box for the link 4 Enter an e
226. nt 2 Click on the New button Custom Fields for Structure _ L __ J Add a Custom Field for Structure Name Type Text bd Default value Size Required Yes ial Description Interface Type Text v Interface Order 11 Display in Public al Include in Search a Save Cancel 3 Enter a Name for the field 4 Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format section Title Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 282 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Comm
227. nt Format Content for Categories Structure All Content 2 Click on the New button Custom Fields for Content Categories ee 74 Add a Custom Field for a Content Categories o Content Category tg Categories E Web Page Content Name Type Text Iv Default value Size Required Yes a Description Interface Type Text EA Interface Order 1 Display in Public a include in Search C Save Cancel Select the Content Category Enter a Name for the field Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen Ole SS Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 286 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time
228. nt items and assign to structure Administrate Content Pool Folders Approve and publish content Administrate Site Structure View Public Site Note Depending upon the type of admin user some settings may not be available A number of administration permissions may be given to one user EE 3 Use the Tier drop down menus to select an area of the site to associate a permission Alternatively select the Folder Content option to associate permission to an individual content pool folder Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 214 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Optional Apply to a Tier Content Folder or item C Tier Homepages Please Selecta Homepage wi Tier 1 _ No Sub pages Available v Tier2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First A C or FolderiContent AM Content Pool See Advanced Training ea Content Publishing amp Writing Training Custom Modules H 0 Default Features Training aC Overview amp Welcome Content Site Structure Training Users amp Permission Training Save 4 Click the Save button to complete adding the permission Document Date Updated By Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 215 October 2014 Shane Kelly IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO
229. nt the file name to appear as the link to the document This will provide a user friendly name for the document Content File Upload Select File Select Folder Remove File Remove All Size 29KB 30 549 bytes D iExample ocument pdf Primary File ExampleDocument pdf v Update List Alternate Link Name 16 Click Save to add the document to your content 17 The Content File List will update with the file s that you have added Content File List File s Format Multipart Size Options ExampleDocumentpdf POF No 29 83 kB Edit Delete Add new file of type Microsoft Word v Add File 18 You will notice at the top of the screen there is a version number of the current content This will tell you whether the content is live or will need approving Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 170 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Locations Custom Fields Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions Version 4 Not Approved CLECE 19 To make the content live click select the General tab and click on the Publish Content button Permissions Eii E Version 4 Not Approved 20 Once the content has been published the version text will change to read Live Approved and the Publish Content button will no longer appear Lo
230. ntent button will no longer appear Locations Preview Status version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions H E Version 1 Live Approved 2 Note Depending on user privileges you may not be able to publish the document to the public site In order to do this a user must be a Content Publisher or Site Administrator TE am m e e e e e e e e e e E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E S E E E E E E E Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 70 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 3 Adding Other File Types to a Content Pool Item Content items such as Word documents PDF files or HTML documents which have been created outside of the Verdi CMS can be imported and added to a Content Pool Item ee 74 1 Click on the Files tab on the top navigation bar Locations Preview Status Version Control General Advanced C Files Contacts Permissions 2 Content File List File s Format Muttipart Size Options There are no content files for this content item Add new file ofpe l inline Content _ Add File 3 Click on the Select File button to select files to include Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 71 Date October 2014 Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Con
231. ntrol General Contacts Pemissions 5 To reinstate the content click on the b Undelete icon option see above illustration 2 Note The Version status of the document will now change The version number will increment by one so if it was version 1 it will now be version 2 Also the document will also require Locations General 6 Click on the Publish Content icon to restore the content to the site Locations Version Contral General Contacts Permissions Version 3 Not Approved 3 19 2 Using Version Control with Search Content Pool 1 Click on the Search tab in the Graveyard Recent Search Graveyard Keyword s Documents added O Calendar ang between O Calendar hekkie dates in Search Include Graveyard Yes Search includes deleted Hems T Rebum Versions Mo Retum on one result per content iiem Search 2 Enter some search criteria and click on the Search button 3 The results of the search will be displayed below 4 Click on the Edit link for the Content Pool Item you would like to restore Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 99 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Locations General 2 Note The Version status of the document will now change The version number will increment by one so if it was version 17 it will now be version 2 Also the d
232. nu option Navigation Structure James Bull James Bull Home Page Home Website content writer and consultant in Perth Australia Writing Yell thought out clearly written content for effective websites Create a new website Many websites go on hold waiting for someone to write content t s a delay you can avoid Manage your website How to achieve a better website and have more time to concentrate on daily business ClickTracks ClickTracks is a powerful easy to use web analytics program It converts detailed website statistics into easily understood visuals and insightful reports to help you manage and improve your website Free Articles Free articles with tips and ideas for effective business website content including writing for the web the website creation process and Bull s Rant which is a weekly article related to website content Bull s Rant Bull s Rant is a weekly comment about websites business and society Bull s Rant This tier is for organisation of structure only and redirects to tier called Bull s Rant Articles main Bull s Rant page Bull s Rant 2005 A list of every Bull s Rant from 2005 including title date and link to the article More reasons for simplicity A brief free article about low literacy skills and websites quoting research by Jakob Nielsen Quality functionality and economy Article about quality functionality and economy in websites Is Flash good or bad A brief article about the pros and cons of Flash
233. o Yes 14 To display a scrollbars on the window set Scrollbars to Yes 15 To display the browser Links toolbar set Directories to Yes 16 Click on the Save button to finish i 2 Note The Pop up Settings will be saved The Content Pool Item will require approving publishing for the pop up settings to take effect Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 80 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 9 Adding Contacts to a Content Pool Item What are Contacts Contacts can be added to a particular page or content item to associate the content to a particular administration group or user If required IBC programmers can display the users name or details on the public site Eg For further information please contact John Smith A primary and many secondary contacts can be attached to a single page or content item 1 Edit the required Content Pool Item and click on the Contacts tab on the top navigation bar Locations Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Files contacts gt Permissions 2 You can now search for the user that you want to add to the Content Pool Item as a contact 3 Select All Groups from the Group drop down menu or alternatively select the group that the user belongs to 4 Enter the user name in the Keyword text box and click the Search button Add Contacts Searc
234. o that format This can allow extra searching ability such as creating a Scale field for formats such as CAD and other technical diagrams or Bit Rate for audio files Verdi allows site administrators to add custom fields Metadata for the following items Content Format IP Types Modules Content for Categories Category Structure m All Content Users 7 Other Within the Advanced menu click on the Custom Fields Administration option CRTR IP Types Users Other Category Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content Custom Fields for Content Formats This can allow extra searching abiltiy such as creating a Scale field for formats such as CAD and other technical diagrams or Bit Rate for audio files Custom fields can also useful for custom additions to Yerdi called Interaction Point Types They allow developers to extend some ofthe base items of Verdi such as Content Files without altering the core Verdi code Current Custom Fields Currently there are no Custom Fields for Content Pool Items Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 273 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 1 Adding a Custom Field to a Content Format 1 Click on the New button IP Types Users Other Category Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content CTR Add a Custom Fie
235. o view the new inline content Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 74 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 6 Searching for Content There are two ways you can search for content 1 Via the Content Administration Navigation 2 Via the Site Structure Administration Navigation 3 6 1 Searching and Editing a Content Pool Item using the Content Administration 1 Click on the Content option on the side navigation followed by the Search link Site Structure E Content Refresh Content Administration y Content Pool J Add Folder General Content E Graveyard E Features E Advanced E Users 2 Keyword s Enter part or all of the name of the content pool item you are looking for Search Keyword s _ Documents added O Calendar ang between O Calendar include dates in I search Include Graveyard No Dont include deleted items Return Versions No Return only one result per content item C sn D 3 Documents Added Between using this option select the dates that you would like to search between and check the nclude dates in search option 4 Include Graveyard select Yes Search includes deleted items if you suspect that the content item has been deleted 5 Return Versions select Yes Return all versions matching my search only if yo
236. ob vacancies through the public website 4 2 1 Add a New Job 1 Click on the Employment option under Features in the left hand navigation E Features Dynamic Forms Events Calendar FAQs O Mailing Lists News Polls Site Shortcuts Analytics 2 Click on the Add a Job Item button There are no jobs in this category 3 The Add Job Item form will be displayed Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 117 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 17 18 19 20 Add Job Item Category Community Development New Category Title OOo Reference No Period Permanent Type Pon Time E Description Summary Employer Rate iT ti OE Location Start Date ooo OE Day Month Year Display Start is 2 2005 Day Month Year Display End s q 2 2006 Contact Name Contact Details Po Enabled Ma Insert Choose an existing Category for the job you wish to advertise from the drop down menu or enter a new category in the text box provided below Enter a title for the position in the Title box Enter an internal reference number for the position in the Reference No box Select an appropriate employment period from the Period drop down menu Choose a vacancy type from the Type drop down menu Enter a job description
237. ocument will also require approving oublishing now that it has been restored from the graveyard see section 10 2 Locations Version Control General Contacts Permissions e x Z Version 8 Not Approved _ 7 Click on the Publish Content icon to restore the content to the site Locations Version Control General Contacts Permissions W al Ga Version 8 Not Approved Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 100 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 Features Administration 4 1 Dynamic Forms Verdi enables you to create your own online forms without the need for any programming skills 4 1 1 Create a New Dynamic Form 1 Click on the Features section in the left navigation Site Structure ech Refresh D Add Homepage Add Page to all Homepages H S Homepage O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration E Content B Advanced E Users 2 Click on the Dynamic Forms option W Features O Dynamic Forms O Employment Events Calendar FAQs O Mailing Lists Ol News O Polls O Site Shortcuts Analytics rrr nnn nn nr nn nnn nnn nn nnn nr nn nn nn nnn nn nnn nnn nnn nn nn nn nnn nn nn nnn nnn nnn nn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nn nnn en Ta et tt St ml 3 Hover over the on the New Form option Existing Forms 1 Contact For
238. omeHeader ascx Container McastiaHomecontainer asta Footer MeastisFooter ascx Section Name Position Options Utility Navigation 1 Cedit X Delete Site Search 2 Edit Delet oD Main Navigation 3 Edit Delete 3 Make the necessary changes as required Edit a Section Section Name Utility Navigation Position Number 1 Interaction Point Types Basic Search Hold ctrl to select multiple Contact Us Contacts Contacts basic Document List Dynamic Forms Events Detailed Events Teasers Default Interaction Point Type Utility Navigation vi Save As CUpdate 4 Click on the Update button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 268 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 8 Making a Copy of a Page Grid Section 1 Click on the Sections option for the required template Homepage f Sections f ER Ti rOiw Tier Tier Tre Header MecastiaHomeHeader ascx Container McastiaHomecontainer asta Footer MeastiaFooter ascte 2 Click on the Edit option for the section you wish to copy Section Name Position Options Left Column top 1C Edit Dote Right Column Top 2 Edit Delete Left Column Middle 3 Edit Delete 3 Make any required changes to the section Edit a Section Section Name Utility Navigation Positi
239. on 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 4 Creating a New Content Pool Item Using the Structure Administration Why use the Site Structure area to create a content pool item Creating a new content pool item within the Site Structure area automatically inserts the location of the content item Whereas when you create content pool items within the Content area you can leave the location free until you Know where the content will be located and then manually add the locations 1 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigation T Site Structure i Refresh D Add Homepage Add Fage to all Homepages H a Hamepage O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration D Content E Features E Advanced D Users 2 Using the side navigation drill down until you find the homepage or tier you would like to add content to Click on the sign next to the homepage or tier Click on the sign next to the Content menu option Click on the Add New Content option eat sa D Site Structure S Refresh D Add Homepage amp Add Page to all Homepages a Homepage Content J Add Page to this Tier EL Tier 1 E Content Add Hew Content gt a E l i 2 Note The Select Content Type form will load See section 3 2 for further instructions on administering content ar ere et ee re re Pe a Pr a re a ta et Pt re eT et re ee a et et te a rate a Document Verdi C
240. on Number 1 Interaction Point Types Basic Search Hold ctrl to select multiple Contact Us Contacts Contacts basic Document List Dynamic Forms Events Detailed Events Teasers Default Interaction Point Type Utility Navigation Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 269 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 9 Deleting a Page Grid Section 1 Click on the Sections option for the appropriate template Homepage f Sections f Ti rOiw Tier 1 Tier Tre Header McastiahomeHeader ascx Container McastiaHomecontainer asc Footer MeastisFooter asce 2 Click on the Delete option for the appropriate section Section Name Position Options Left Column top Right Column Top 2 Edit Delete Left Column Middle 3 Edit Delete 3 Microsoft Internet Explorer p re you sure you want to delete this section 2 J Y Y Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 270 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 10 Deleting Multiple Pages Grid Sections 1 Click on the Sections option for the required template E e Ti rOiw Tier Tier Tier Homepage f Sections F Header MecastiahHomeHeader ascx Container McastiaHomecontainer asta Footer Meast
241. ons specified 3 Click on the Deny Public Access to this Item link Microsoft Internet Explorer j amp re you sure you want to deny public access to this Item 4 Click on the OK button to confirm or click on the Cancel button to stop the restriction 5 If OK is selected the permissions page will show that all IP Addresses are blocked from access to the page see below Existing Permissions IP Address Permissions IP Address Type Remove hati Deny C Remove All Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 58 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 15 Setting Homepage and Tier Contacts What are Contacts Contacts can be added to a particular page or content item to associate the content to a particular administration group or user If required IBC programmers can display the users name or details on the public site For further information please contact John Smith A primary and many secondary contacts can be attached to a single page or content item 1 Click on the required tier and select the Contacts tab on the top navigation bar Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the group that you want to search for the contact in from the Group drop down menu Add Contacts Search Group All Groups Keyword Se
242. ontacts as required by clicking on the checkboxes provided 3 Scroll to the bottom of the form and click on the Remove All Checked button to finish o Remove All Checked D 4 The Existing Contacts summary form will update and display your changes 2 17 Adding Homepage and Tier See Also Links 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Links tab on the top navigation bar Contacts L nks Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select See Also Link within the site from the Add Link options and click the Add button Add Link See Also Link within the site v Add See Also Link within the site Related Link outside the site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 60 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add Link See Also Link within the site v Add Add See Also Link Description Display Order 1 v C See Contentitem E Content Pool Advanced Training C Content Publishing amp Writing Training Custom Modules H Default f C Features Training H Overview amp Welcome Content i C Site Structure Training H Training Resources amp Docs C Users amp Permission Training or See Page Homepages Please Select a Homepage v Tier 1 Select Parent First w Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Se
243. ontent Category and click on the Set Category button General Information Category Set Category 5 Enter a Title for your content pool item in the box provided 6 Enter the Title Abbrev to appear in the site navigation menu in the box provided May be the same 7 Enter a Description for your content pool item in the box provided This will be displayed above the document link to explain the content of the document Enabled Select Yes Can be displayed on site from the drop down list scroll down to the Document Metadata section oS Document Meta Data Autio Chaner Publisher Creation Date Pease enter date in the format YY MMO eg 20040714 for the 14h of duly 2004 Save 10 Enter your full name in the Owner text box Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 168 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 11 Click on the Save button __ Note Your New content has been created However as this is for a document the 2 document file needs to be uploaded and the content will need approving publishing before it will show on the public site 12 Click on the Files tab Locations Custom Fields Status version Control General Advanced Contacts Permissions Ll a of Version 1 Not Approved 1 tt an tt mam aa aas ane mme maa am omn an amn amn SS DS DS MS MS Dt tl
244. ontent item is approved or not Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 200 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO By clicking approve the following form will display allowing you to choose which of the workflow users from the next step in the workflow process you would like to notify so they can accept the next workflow activity They will each be sent an email to notify them and when they view the Workflow Tasks tab the workflow item will be listed for them to accept in the same manner as shown earlier Also a notes area exists so that useful notes can be left for the next workflow user or the initial content editor Search Workflow Tasks Workflow Groups Email Updates Please Select User s to Notify Note Users who do not have an email address cannot be notified 7 Admin Default User Approve workflow activity work item To Approve this work item click the approve button below By approving this item you are giving your approval forthe content or group of content that it pertains to to move to the next stage of the workflow process Please enter some meaningful notes Approving this workflow activity al Approve Clicking approve will again show the Workflow tasks tab but with this workflow item removed If there is a next step in the workflow this item will display in the relevant workflow users Workflow tas
245. or specific custom fields When options are allocated to a custom field only thoes options will be will be available for users to select when updating the field Current Custom Field Options E options a Add Option a basic EN Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 290 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add a Custom Field Option Text Value Save Cancel Enter Text for the Custom Field Option Enter a Value for the Custom Field Option Click the Save button to add the Custom Field Option NOOO CRTR options that have been added Repeat this process to add more options the Custom Field To add sub options to existing option simply click the Add Option for that Option Current Custom Field Options BE options E add Option E Option 1 P5 Add Option Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 291 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 16 Verdi Administration Reports A number of standard reports can be run within Verdi which provide useful information for site housekeeping and maintenance 16 1 Accessing the Reports and an Overview of the Standard Reports 1 From the Index page click on Reports option within the Advanced menu J Site Structure E Content E Features E
246. oter No vy Send Mail 3 The name of the mailing list will appear in the Subject box as a default value You can change it or you can use the existing name 4 Enter the information of the mail in the Body box 5 The standard email footer from the mailing list will appear as a default value in the Footer box You can change it or you can use the existing information Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 146 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 If you add or change the default information of the footer you can save the information by choosing Yes to the Save Footer option If you select No the footer information will be unique to this particular mail 7 Adding Attachments If you want to add an attachment to the mail click on the Add button under the attachments header Select the file from its location path and click OK Attachments Maximum size 5000 Kb Select File Select Folder Remove File Remove All 8 Click Send Mail to send your post to the mailing list Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 147 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 4 6 News The News feature enables you to publish any news articles easily to the website 4 6 1 Adding a News Article 1 Clic
247. other internal pages or external websites whenever a user clicks the item within the navigation 1 Select the required tier and click on the Redirection tab on the top navigation bar Status Contacts Links Pop Up Settings General Template Settings Advanced Permissions A number of redirection options are available Only one redirection option can be chosen per tier 2 11 1 Redirecting to First Sub page 1 Click the First Sub page option This option will redirect the selected tier to the first available sub tier Redirection Options Select an option from the four below 1 No Redirection C default First Sub page G 3 Go to Page C select Tier below Homepages Please Select a Homepage v Tier 1 No Sub pages Available v Tier 2 Select Parent First w Tier 3 iis Select Parent First v 4 Go to URL 2 Click on the Save button to finish 2 11 2 Redirecting to a specific page 1 Click on the Go to Page option Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 49 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Redirection Options Select an option from the four below 1 No Redirection C default 2 First Sub page G C select Tier below Homepages Please Selecta Homepage S Tier 1 No Sub pages Available v Tier 2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Par
248. ou want to add the new sub tier to Click on the Add Page to this Tier option Site Structure a Add Page to all Homepages El ar Homepage H IP Content Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 32 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO General Information Tithe Title Abbreviation Admin Reference Title HTML Title Default Public URL Public URL Display Position 1 Description Search Engine Keywords Keyword Dictionary Search Engine Description Default Contact Email Display Don t display on site Complete the form fields as follows asterisk fields are mandatory 1 Enter a new Title of your choice This title is displayed in the title bar of the browser and is displayed by some modules such as Site Search Enter a new Title Abbreviation of your choice This abbreviation is displayed in the site navigation Add an Admin Reference Title which is displayed in the admin only Add an HTML Title to override the title displayed in the title bar of the browser Add a Public URL This overrides the URL and allows users to create Friendly URL s for better SEO oe Os T Agenteen nee e e e e e e e e e e e e e e m e m e m m m m e m e e m e e m m m e e m m m m e m m e e e e e 6 The Display Position will default to the order in which the page was created however it can be overridden to
249. our numbers separated by dots for example 123 45 67 890 2 User Permissions Recognises a particular user who logs into a site Predefined within the Users Administration area 3 Group Permissions Recognises a particular group of users who logs into a site Predefined within the Users Administration area Permissions can be control allowing content to be accessed or denying content to be accessed 2 12 1 Accessing the Permission Area 1 Select the required tier and click on the Permissions tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Status The permissions screen will be displayed Public Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the public site The default is to allow all people access Edit the public permissions Admin Permissions These permissions define who can perform various administration tasks to this Page The default itto deny access to all users Edit the admin permissions A number of permissions options are available once editing either the Public or Admin permissions Existing Permissions IP Address Permissions No IP Address Permissions specified User Permissions No User Permissions specified Group Permissions Group Type Remove ibc Allow C Training Allow CJ Remove All Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 51 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Res
250. parent Text Edit Delete Options 4 Click on the OK button to confirm or click on the Cancel button to stop the deletion Microsoft Internet Explorer J 4re you sure you want to delete this Custom Field Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 289 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 15 10 Adding Options to Custom Fields What are Custom Field Options Custom field options are pre defined values for specific custom fields When options are allocated to a custom field only those options will be available for users to select when updating the field 1 Select the tab where the Custom Field that you want to edit resides Content Format Content for Categories Structure All Content IP Types Users Other Category 2 scroll down to the Current Custom Fields section 3 Click the Options action for the Custom Field you want to add options to Current Custom Fields 2H Name Type Actions inline Content Example Text Field Ted Edil Delete Options Example Tet Area Field Text Edit Delete Options Example SelectField Ted Edit Delete Options Example Tree Option Text Edit Delete Gators Example Radio Buttons Text Edit Delete Options 4 Click the Add Option link 2 Options for the Relevant scheme Custom Field Custom field options are pre defined values f
251. permissions will take precedence Dt ct tt tt A SD SD EN tu m am mt ts nll 1 Click on the Everyone link within the Users menu Site Structure E Content E Features E Advanced E Users f Everyone O Verdi Roles amp Activities 2 Edit the required user by clicking on the username First Name LastName Action James Kerford Delete 3 Click on the Permissions tab Default Group Memberships 4 Use the Add Permission drop down menu to select a Permission Type for the user and click on the Go button There are two types of permissions 1 Public Permissions Define the permissions for public users viewing content on the public site 2 Administration Permissions Define the permissions for administration users for managing and editing content in the administration site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 211 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission Go Administration Permission Administration PermigPublic Permission Public Permissions No Permissions Set 7 5 1 Setting a User Administration Permission Administration Permissions define the permissions for administration users for managing and editing content in the administration site 1 From the Action options choose what
252. played above the list In Line Content No Location As with In Line Content but will display any content assigned to a page which has not been specifically assigned to a template location In Line Content by Section ID As with In Line Content but will be displayed in a specific template section as defined in the admin Typically this is the most commonly used module on a website allowing text images and links to be displayed on screen Related Documents To display Content Pool Item Files assigned to the current Tier Includes link to download the file Features o SOS Ad Display To display advertisement in the content of the section to which it is assigned Auto Email o o To include automatic Email be sent to the designated admin user settings in the admin Contacts with optional fields As Contacts but with more information Auto Email To include contact with basic information To display a dynamic form The location for the required form must also be set to the page to be displayed on using locations in the features gt Dynamic Forms administration To display a listing of Events also described as Calendar Events Events Teaser To display a list of Teasers for Events This list will typically provide less information than the full Events module intended as a teaser to the full information Each teaser is linked in the admin to the full Events display module so that the full info
253. pplied to WYSISWYG content Content using the WYSIWQYG rich text editor 8 Select Yes or No for default Note Only style sheets that have Can apply to content set to yes can be set as the default 9 Click the Browse bution to select the new style sheet file with extension css on your local or network drive 10 Click on the Save bution to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 256 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 12 2 Deleting a Style Sheet 1 Click in the Remove checkbox option for the appropriate style sheet D For all Load Order WYSIWYG Ret yve Main Stylesheet 1 2 Click on the Remove All Checked button Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 257 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 13 Domains Administration Verdi can accommodate multiple website addresses for the same site which may point to different pages within Verdi Referred to as Domains the administration of website addresses requires advanced users with technical knowledge to apply domain name and location changes 13 1 Adding a Domain 1 Click on the Domains Administration option E Advanced Custom Fields Administration Site Variables Administration Reports Content Formats Content Categories
254. propriate Poll PortalMaster Enabled Is PortalMaster easy to use Yes very Some things are easy Mo not really View Poll Results 2 You will be presented with a confirmation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified Poll click on the OK button to confirm Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 160 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 7 5 Adding a Poll Display Location Polls can be placed at multiple locations on the website 1 Edit the poll and scroll to the bottom of the page until you see the Add A Display Location button Locations This Online Poll is not yet assigned to any locations 2 The Insert Display Location form will load Insert Display Location Tier 0 Tier 1 Select Parent First Tier 2 SelectParent First Tier 3 SelectParent First Flease Selecta Tier nse Display Location _ D Use the Tier drop down menu to select where you would like to place the poll on the website Set Enabled to Yes so that the display location is current Select a Contact Publisher if applicable to request permission to display the poll on the chosen page 6 Click on Insert Display Location to finish oi 2 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 161 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Vers
255. proved Approved Approved Approved Approved Approved Approved Requested Approved Denied Approved Approved Options edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit edit Motes Version Control Version 73 Live If they then click the notes tab they may see something like this showing the notes which workflow users have added whilst the content item passed through the workflow process Content pool item workflow notes Comment Type Username Date admin ONOS2006 Add some notes here referring to the fact you are accepting responsibility for approving or denying this workflow activity admin ONOS2008 comments from worktlow User approving item admin Oef0S 20068 accepted this item admin DSl0S 2008 approved this item Document Date Updated By Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 203 October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 Users Administration The Users area manages the users who have access to the administration area and password protected areas of the public site Users can be maintained individually or as part of a group The Verdi Roles amp Activities allows high level system administrators to modify the administration and public permissions 7 1 Adding a User 1 Click on the Users option within the left navigation Sit
256. r Guide v1 Page 151 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 6 3 Editing a News Article 1 Select the Edit option for the appropriate news article Newsletters Title Release Date Live Date Archive Date Options Newsletters test item2 11 10 2007 11 10 2007 11 10 2008 Ceait Diet Newsletters test item3 11 10 2007 11 10 2007 11 10 2008 edit del Newsletters test item4 11 10 2007 1110 2007 11 10 2008 edit del Newsletters test item1 09 01 2008 11 10 2007 11 10 2008 edit del 2 Make the necessary changes 3 Click on the Save button 4 6 4 Deleting a News Article 1 Select the Delete option for the appropriate news article Newsletters Title Release Date Live Date Archive Date Options Newsletters test item 11 10 2007 1110 2007 11 10 2008 edif del Newsletters test item3 11 10 2007 1110 2007 11 10 2008 edit del Newsletters test item4 11 10 2007 1140 2007 11 10 2008 edit del Newsletters test item 09 01 2008 11 10 2007 1110 2008 edit del 2 You will be presented with a conformation box asking if you are sure you wish to delete the specified News Item click on the OK button 4 6 5 Adding a News Item Display Location 1 To add a News Item Location for a specific news item Edit the required news item click on the Article Location tab then select the Add New Location button found below the main news article details
257. r Guide v1 Page 153 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 6 8 2 Page Homepages Please Select a Homepage Tier 1 No Sub pages Available v Tier 2 Select Parent First w Tier 3 Select Parent First m Full Article Display Homepage News Test x Location 4 full article display location must be selected for a news teaser to display This is the location the user will be taken to to view the full news article when they click on the teaser Enabled Yes x Co D Use the Tier drop down menu to select the appropriate location on the website for the news item teaser to be displayed Full Article Display is only activated after adding display locations for the news item This option allows you to specify which of the available News Item Display Locations will display the full details of the teaser news items Set Enabled to Yes to activate the teaser Select the required Contact Publisher if available This option is only available if a contact has been assigned to the tier you wish to display the news teaser on and should be contacted before enabling on the public site Click Save to add the location Searching the News Archive Enter a Title and or select a valid date range to search within using the Calendar buttons for the Release Date Between Search This will enable you to search archiv
258. r Workflow Tasks screen Note You can navigate to this screen without having to click on the link in your email by using the Verdi Administration left navigation content tab and clicking Content Administration then Workflow Tasks tab Your Workflow Tasks The tasks below are in need of being approved before they will be made live This list contains all of the items that you have the rightto approve The items that were specifically sent to you are on the top of the list Please Note Completed tasks will only appear in this listfor 1 day after they have been completed Your Tasks Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter TAIATA at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin Dent aue Type Content Title test Version 1 ID 4 128 days Requester Content Editor Taller Type Content Started 07 10 05 Publisher Site Administrator Gel E Title Vho s vho at 02 34 PM Version 10 ID 5 125 days Requester Content Editor MAlTA Type Content Started 10 10 05 Publisher Site Administrator La iQ Title Vho s Who at 02 13 PM Version 11 ID 6 122 days Requester Content Editor altel im Type Content Started 13 10 05 Publisher Jason Norris mal Ia Title Who s Who at 02 23 PM Version 12 This page lists all the content items which this Content Publisher has been asked to approve Request Status Duration Users Actions
259. r the website address into FAQ Link external Ap LF Note When entering a website address in the FAQ Link external remember to insert http in front of the link eee cee PE UM VUNG GNC OER UE ac acetate act ct arte a ena anaes 8 Ifthe FAQ has a related internal link to another page within the website use the tier drop down menu to select the internal link The FAQ Link Internal text box will automatically fill your selection 9 Select a display for the FAQ using the Tier 1 Location drop down menu FAQ s can only be assigned to display on a Tier 1 page 10 Set Enabled to Yes to activate the display location 11 Click on Insert to finish W You have now created your feature within the administration area If the feature is not appearing on the public site your pages template may not support the module Follow the next steps to modify the pages template and publish your feature to the public site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 137 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 4 2 Publishing your FAQ feature on the Public Site The page you wish to place your feature on must have the required feature module within the pages template Each template is divided into a number of sections within a grid layout Each section defines a space for a module or Feature to be located When creating your features
260. ration page Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 142 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Tier Content Pool Homepages Home v Selection Tier 1 aa Ta tS cae Tier 2 Please Select a Page x Tier 3 Select Parent First The selected tier does not have the required Interaction Point Type assigned to it Or a From the Site Structure left navigation select the page you wish the feature to be displayed on b Select the Template Settings Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the Choose Template radio button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 3 Select Show Layout button and select the required pages template from drop down menu 4 The following screen will load Template Settings C Use Parent s Template Settings 2 Subpage v Show Layout Choose Template gt gt THE BIG GAME CONTENT MANAGEMENT STSTEM A QUICK HOME RUN 3 TAI Poma i Wea be De Athul Pied Leciert in DIA a 1S PS ittenta ini Affan imaces friem Ceetes Angren Coste 5 Select which section of the template you wish your feature to display by clicking on the relevant drop down field Find your feature item and select Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User
261. rd to find a Content Pool Item The recent tab within the Graveyard displays an ordered listing of the most recently deleted items 1 Click on the Graveyard option within the side navigation E Content gt amp Refresh 3 Content Administration My Search Content Pool by Folder Add Folder Defa Care 2 Click on the Recent tab option Summary Recent Search Content new to the Graveyard Title Version Date Deleted Warm up activities 2 28 11 2006 3 00 12 PM edit Test 11 24 10 2006 2 02 02 PM edit Edit Content 6 5 10 2006 4 17 04 PM edit Edit or Update Existing text 1 4 10 2006 5 19 12 PM edit Edit Content 1 4 10 2006 4 14 51PM edit Edit Content 2 4 10 2006 4 06 26 PM edit test 1 4 10 2006 3 56 36 PM edit Event 1 Edit Content 1 4 10 2006 2 33 55 PM edit Find Content to edit 1 4 10 2006 2 25 02 PM edit Find Content to edit 1 4 10 2006 2 18 35 PM edit 3 If the content pool item that you archived appears in this list then click the Edit link to open the content pool item Warm up activities Test 24 10 2006 2 02 02 PI Edit Content 5 10 2006 4 17 04 PM 4 You will notice that the a Version status of the Content Pool Item has changed to deleted Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 98 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Locations Preview Version Co
262. rmation can be viewed Events Teaser homepage To display event teasers in Homepage This module typically na displays an even briefer version of Events teaser in that the teasers each comprise of an image with a link to the full article FAQ is assigned to in the admin Mailing Lists Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 302 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO INTERACTION POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION P subscribe to one or more mailing lists Make a Default Homepage To make current page as homepage to the current page since their last login News Articles To display a listing of News Articles Clicking the summary of each news article will refresh the current page and display the full news article There is then a link to go back to the full listing News Teasers To display teasers for News articles which typically displays less information that the full News module intended as a teaser to the full information Each teaser is linked in the admin to the full News display module so that the full information can be viewed News Teasers homepage To display News teasers in Home Page News Ticker To display an animated ticker for News typically built with javascript to scroll from one News teaser to another in a small area of screen space Online Polls To display an Online Poll questionnaire The website vi
263. rmit Public Permissions No Permissions Set 2 From the Action options choose what you would like to allow or deny the user to do Select Allow and from the Role drop down choose one of the roles available e g Site Administrator Assign Public Permission Here you can either allow or deny a Role or particular Activity Ifa tier or content item is not specified the permission applies to all relevant items Action Deny w Role 7 Activity a Select the Action type vil Allow This will allow the user to access content within the role or activities vill Deny This will deny the user from accessing content within the role or activities b Using the radio button select either a Role or Activity and then select from the drop down field ROLE Each role is delegated a set of activities which act as permissions to what functions they can access within their Verdi administration area See figure below Role options include System Administrator Site Administrator Content Publisher Structure Administrator Content Administrator Advanced Workflow User Alternatively you can select from the Activity drop down to choose an action for the user ACTIVITY Activity options include Configure and administer entire Verdi System Administrate the site not advanced configuration Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 219 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Versio
264. rs box and click on the Left Arrow button to move the users to the Current Members box User Members of this Group Current Members Unassigned Users Woods Keithtkeith al Smith Ben bsmith 7 Kenworthy Peta peta Nomis Jasonjason EEN Cordingley Esthenesther Kelly Shane kel gt burmas amaliatamalia Denton Juchyj udy Tan Debidebt Eddington Craigicraig Kelly Shane shane Kerord Jamesiamesk Save 4 Click on the Save button to complete adding the users to the group Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 210 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 5 Adding a User Permission What are Permissions Permissions are settings that can be applied to pages and content to control who can view or edit the content There are two types of permissions 1 Public Permissions Define the permissions for public users viewing content on the public site 2 Administration Permissions Define the permissions for administration users for managing and editing content in the administration site Permissions can be control allowing content to be accessed or denying content to be accessed TETI L Note This option is not applicable for Site Administrators since this role has unrestricted right access to all tiers in the site In the event where a user has both user and group permissions user
265. rumb Navigation Content Section A Content Section B Content Section Content Section D Content Section E Content Section F Content Section G Content Section H Content Section Content Section J Content Tools Extra Information Area Footer Navigation Main Navigation Page Title section Navigation Utility Navigation Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 2 Subpage A Assigned Module Basic Search Breadcrumb Navigation Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Content Tools Inline Content by Section ID Footer Navigation Main Navigation Page Title section Navigation Utility Navigation Page 27 Default Basic Search Breadcrumb Navigation inline Content by Section IDO inline Content by Section IDO inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section IO inline Content by Section fp inline Content by Section IDO inline Content by Section IDO inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section IDO inline Content by Section IDO Content Tools inline Content by Section ID Footer Navigation Main Navigation Page Title section Navigation Utility Navigation October 2014 Shane Kelly Date Updated By IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Rese
266. rved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 1 2 Advanced Tab Click on the Advanced tab at the top of the page This tab contains several options for the homepage these include Move Page Custom Page HTML Options Custom Stylesheets and Interaction Options Links Redirection General Move Page Move Page Select a new parent page for this page Please note you cannot exceed 4 levels of pages This page currently is a Level 0 Page The height of this tree elementis 4 SelectNewParent Homepages access H Tier 1 Please Select a Page Tier 2 Select Parent First Tier 3 Select Parent First Administer this Page You cannot move an item to itself or one of its decendents Display Position 1 Using the Move Page drop down menu select the parent page to move this page to and click the save button Custom Page HTML Options Custom Page HTML Options Custom Html Title Mask Inherit Custom Head Code From Parent Custom Head Code Appears within the head lt head tags Inherit Custom Footer Code From Parent Custom Footer Code Appears just before lt body gt tag Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 28 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 Using the Custom Page HTML Options create a Custom HTML Title Mask to override the default page ti
267. ry using the Required drop down menu 10 Select or enter a Field Value Reference Setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the place holder reference surrounded by dollar double signs with the provided text E g If you wanted to output the value of the field you set to name you would include the place holder S name in the position where you want the name value 11 Click the Save button to finish 7 oe Sa 4 1 4 Creating a drop down field Drop down fields allow public users to select one field from a multiple number of fields within a scrollable drop down menu 1 Edit the required form and click on the New Field option New Field 2 Fields for this Form Name Type Default Note Fields marked with a are required Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 107 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Add Form Field Field Name PO Type Select w Option Value Option Label Position LEE Required No v Field Value Reference Select common reference reference Setting a value here will allow you to output the users response in the email Auto Response Body and Submit Screen Message This is done by adding the pla
268. s Edit Custom Field for Structure Name Ato Z Listings Type Text IEA Default value Size fo Required Yes M Description Check the box to allow this page to be displayed in the A to Z Module wherever the module appears throughout the public site Interface Type Checkbox Interface Order 1m Display in Public LJ Include in Search The Custom Fields appear on the General tab when editing each page more on this in Section 3 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 178 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Custom Fields Ato Z Listings iE A Z Listing Check the box to allow this page to be displayed in the 4 to Z Module wherever the module appears throughout the public site Ato Z Listing Letters Choose the letter s that you wish this page to be listed under on all Ato Z Modules wherever the module appears throughout the public site Ato Z Listing Description The description for this page that will only appear next to each A to Z list item on the A to Z Module wherever the module appears throughout the public site ee eee eee eee 4 D b e s e e m d l E E E E E E E E E E E E EE E EE EE E EE EE E E EE E E EE E E EE E LE SE E E EE E E EE E EE EE E E E E EE EE E E EE E EE EE E E EE E EE E E E EE E E E E E EE E EE EE E E EE E E E E E EE E E E E E EE E E EE E
269. ser to interact with your organisation in some way These include but are not limited to e Inline content text displayed on web e Links page e Forms e Login boxes e Polls e Email subscription sign up boxes e Navigation e Events Calendars When creating a Tier Element you may specify what features should appear in the various grid spaces available in the page layout for that Tier Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 11 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 2 4 The Content Pool All of the content of your site is stored in your Content Pool within Content Pool Items Content Pool Items can be thought of as wrappers around the individual files of content of your site In addition to the actual content HTML pages documents or images each Content Pool Item contains metadata about the content of the wrapper This metadata includes information such as publish and archive dates for the Content Pool Item its owner and its location within the website A single Content Pool Item or wrapper may contain multiple files Documents Metadata Content Pool Item Documents Metadata Content Pool Item Documents Metadata Content Pool Item Content Pool Each Content Pool Item is treated as a single entity even if it contains multiple fi
270. sing this screen you can click select next to the most appropriate workflow process for your content item Note this screen will not be shown if there is only one Workflow process for your system as the system will auto select this for you Search Workflow Tasks Workflow Groups Email Updates Haje Select the Process you wish to follow Below is a list of all available Workflow processes You need to select the process most suited for the content you are asking to be published lf you are unsure you should check with the site administrator Available Processes Make Selection Notify Workflow select Three_Stage_Workflow select Two _Stage_Workfiow select Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 195 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly Content Editor chooses one or more workflow users to send the request to a Tick the workflow i Search Veorkiow Tasks Yvorkiiow Groups Email Updates user s you wish to Se a See approve your content This list is made up out of the relevant workflow Select a Publisher to Notify users who have g By submitting th s form you are locking this Wvorkfiow Group 0 thal no more content can be added to it The publisher permISSIONS to the first 3 you select from this list
271. sitor can choose between a few pre determined options to answer a question and on submitting the poll it will be replaced with a description of the current results of the poll compiled from the entries so far from all entrants PortalMaster Discussion Forums To display forum Related Links To display a list of related links These links will typically link to external websites and are determined by editing the Links on a particular page Search To display a Simple Keyword Search field and submit button On submitting the page is refreshed displaying search results and the option to choose an advanced search see Also Links To display a list of See Also links These links will typically link to other pages or documents within the current website as opposed to Related links which is for external website links and are determined by editing the Links on a particular page Sitemap To display a text list based Sitemap also described as Sitemap Full which lists all the publicly available pages of the current website Weather Display To display a graphical representation of the weather forecast for the en following week There is an option to display today s weather in more detail above the weekly forecast SU eee ee eee Login IP To include Login function to public site includes IP described as User Registration Miscellaneous a ee ee ee NULL This is an empty Default value no value and is
272. ssociate a permission Alternatively select the Folder Content option to associate permission to an individual content pool folder Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 217 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Optional Apply to a Tier Content Folder or item C Tier Homepages Please Selecta Homepage v Tier1 No Sub pages Available v_ Tier2 Select Parent First v Tier 3 Select Parent First v C or FolderiContent Content Pool J Advanced Training e Content Publishing amp Writing Training ne Custom Modules a Default Features Training CQ Overview amp Welcome Content Site Structure Training HG Training Resources amp Docs Users amp Permission Training Save 3 Click the Save button to complete adding the permission Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 218 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 6 2 Setting a Group Public Permission Public Permissions define the permissions for public users viewing content on the public site 1 Use the Add Permission drop down menu and select Public Permission for the user and click on the Go button Permissions Add Permission Administration Permission Administration Permission Administration Pe
273. ssseecceeessseeceeessaeeeceeesaes 155 4 6 10 Adding News Category BENAVvIOUrs cccccccccccccccessccesesesesesseeceseseeecsseeecseseseceeseeeceesseseseeeeeeeeseeesens 155 A POLES create ta eet A T E a E E taut E 157 Th AN A Oe A eh E A cag a iat ea td ds 157 4 7 2 Publishing your Online Poll feature ON the Public Site 0 ccccccescccseseceeseeeesseeesseeessseeeeseeensaeees 158 Ey os EONO TE E E neonate eae tere eee eC a ee eee me enn ee ee eet eee eee NN ree ete 160 AT Beluno ait Onhe Ost les tet sea hia it ashe ane Pe tes Rates ee ee ha 160 AZS POON AO DISDIAV FOCAUON aires dear itis ate na hs ancl fe oes ah tio odes teiagh ead ely ee eee 161 476 DEClCUING a FOMDISDIAV LOCAUOM soeone ss iia ils Si ole Be ila EEEE 162 Bink VIEW TNE PON TACSUNG ru o A E ae E E E ee ueenn dade 162 io REE NS gS ad 1O1 Us eare Ramer ty mnt nana MC NeR TENN ry Ncn nee TTR MErH ant ND SERIE Conv een Ohler maa Urn RNRCy fa tare Sa 163 46i PAGING SUC NON cs fetsaeiestuss nals A A AA ENE E N E TAE E tale 163 BOs EMI SILC SNORNCU srs aa A A a E AE E E e 165 46 3 LICICTING aste SHOMCUE cionar a A A a A E a wasn tales 165 4 9 ADDING DOCUMENTS amp DOCUMENT LISTS cccccccssccessscessseeceseeeesseeesseeeenaeeceseeeesaeeeseseeeseseeeseseseneaeeeneaeees 166 4 9 1 Adding Documents to your Sit oo eccccccccccccesseccsesscscessseeeessssesecssseeccseseesesesseeeeeseeceeessesesesaeeeeeeaaeess 166 4 9 2 Adding Documents to a Document LIST cc
274. t Ps j Select next step workflow users Select Content Editor selects Create content Are there more f workflow which nominated Content Editor than one workflow Content Workflow Users to creates a workflow available to this Content Editor Yesp Editor st notify from the next 5 I I l I I I 1 A L a 1 item Le a content based on Content Selects a step in workflow and item or content Folder and or Cat ry workflow adds comment notes l h oar process System sends 1 notification email to e users i X 1 1 1 1 x Group 1 Content Editors Verdi System Nominated workflow user g2 Workflow user Select next step workflow users oO accepts this activity approves denies ls thls th tasi Content Editor selects which nominated Sx z and effectively locks other t Reviews workflow item 4 j No s Workflow Users to notify from the next step f Workflow activity i oO workflow users out from and Approves or Denies in workflow and adds comment notes s doing so it System sends email to users y P i Diagram 2 A workflow process is defined as a flowchart of Begin Workflow Deny content item Approve content and notify Contents x item and notify Editor Content Editor CENENE am am am am am am am am am activities shown as w
275. tal 2014 All Rights Reserved Updated By Shane Kelly Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 Click on WYSIWYG Content link to select the Content Category and click on the Set Category button General General Information Category All Categories available Set Category I you change the category you will need to cick the Set Category button before changes will lake elfedi The VY Sa G editor will only display for categories thet alow Inine Content Note The WYSIWYG editor should load in the lower section of the page once you have ki set the content category See the WYSIWYG User Manual for further information Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 66 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO If you change the category you will need to click the Set Category button before changes will take effect The WYSG editor will only display for categories that allow Inline Content Title Title Abbreviation Description Enabled No Will not display on site Inline Content Select a stylesheet Select v Preview style 5 Enter a Title for your content pool item in the box provided this should be something that relates to the document or the content that you are going to add 6 Enter the Title Abbrev to appear in the site navigation menu in the box provided Ma
276. te Container files are non editable and are created by IBC during the graphic consultation phase of the development Each selection will display a different page layout 8 Select the preferred Layout Graphic for the template This is a graphic display only which displays the template layout that has been chosen for the tier in a grid table format 9 Click on the Submit button to finish eee 4 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 262 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 2 Editing an Existing Template 1 Click on the Edit option for the appropriate template a Homepage Ti r is Tieri Nera Tera Header HomeHeader ascx Container Homecontainer ascx Footer Footer ascx 2 Make the necessary changes Edit a Template Form 70 1 Template Name Homepage Compatible With Tier 0 Yes Tier 1 ves Tier 2 Mo Tier 3 No Header HomeHeader asc Footer Footerascx Container HomeContainenasce Layout Graphic f Save 3 Click on the Submit button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 263 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 14 3 Making a Copy of a Template _hk Click on the Edit option for the template you wish to copy 2
277. ted By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 12 3 Setting Public User Permissions 1 Click on the Edit the Public Permissions link Public Permissions These permissions define who can view this Page in the public site The default is to allow all people access Edit the public permissions Public Permissions Restrict All This condition is most often used to initially deny public access before subsequently adding Allow permissions for specific users and groups Deny Public Access to this Item Add Permission Select Type v Add Select Type IP Address Permission Existing Permissi User Permission Group Permission IP Address Permissions No IP Address Permissions specified User Permissions No User Permissions specified Group Permissions No Group Permissions specified 2 Select User Permission from the Add Permission option then click Add User keith Allow Deny Allow save 3 Select a User from the drop down menu 2 Note Users are administered through the User Administration section Depending upon your level of access you may need to speak to your Site Administrator to have users added or IES LLN C10 CTLL Lt A 4 Select to Allow or Deny the user from using the drop down menu a Allow will allow the user to have public permissions to view this page b Deny will not allow the user to have public permissions to view this page 3 Click on the Save button to finish
278. template was selected for the page determines which modules are available to select for each section of the page To administer the template settings select the homepage page that you want to administer 1 Click on the Template Settings tab ontacts f Links a 2 Select the desired template from the Choose Template option Template Settings Choose Template Places Select a place to configure Place Basic Site Search Breadcrumb Navigation Content Section A Content Section B Content Section C Content Section D Content Section E Content Section F Content Section G Content Section H Content Section Content Section J Content Tools Extra Information Area Footer Navigation Main Navigation Page Title Section Navigation Utility Navigation 2 Subpage il Assigned Module Basic Search Breadcrumb Navigation Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Inline Content by Section ID Content Tools Inline Content by Section ID Footer Navigation Main Navigation Page Title section Navigation Utility Navigation Redirection Subpages Default Basic Search Breadcrumb Navigation inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by Section ID inline Content by S
279. tent File File s to Upload Fes ie Select Folder Rerig File Remove All Primary File Lpdate File List Alternate Link Name EEE Display as Inline mo Content Style Sheet Print Style Normal Pop up Settings Showin Popup No Show Popup Settings windore ki Note If you would like to remove files from your selection click on the file in the list box and click on the Remove File button File s to Upload CDoouments and Settings cana Select File Select Folder C Remove File D Remove All 4 Ifyou have imported a number of files click on the Update File List button and use the Primary File drop down menu to select the first file to be listed 5 Enter an Alternate Link Name for the Content Pool Item This name is used by document related modules and displays the alternate name entered instead of the filename 6 If you have created links to other Content Pool Items within your content and would like to display the links in a new pop up window select Yes to Show in Popup Window and click on the Administer Pop up Settings option 2 Note The Content Pop up Settings window will open allowing you to administer the show Pop up Settings button See section 2 5 for helo with pop up settings 7 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 72 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Versi
280. tent is the name of the type of content that is written within the WYSIWYG Rich Text Editor The templates that have been set up by IBC will use the term Inline Content Select the content pool item that you wish to add WYSIWYG content to 1 Ensure that the WYSIWYG category is selected WYSIWYG Content should always be set as default General Information Category All Categories available 8 Base Category 1 0 8 Base category 2 0 Oa Images 2 Documents 2 Enter the content Title and Title Abbreviation 3 Enter a description for the content item 4 Select Yes or No Enable site Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 68 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 5 Scroll down to the WYSIWYG editor Inline Content Select a stylesheet Select v Preview style By selecting an option from the above menu and pressing Preview style you can preview what the content will look like on a page or with a particular stylesheet All pages if any that this contentis assigned to will appear in the above dropdown grouped by homepage All style sheets as entered via the stylesheet admin also appear grouped under PortalMaster style sheets SY amp SORA BO al l Apply CSS Class Paragraph Style wy v bs gt x a i t7 TO AI f 9 a Zoom x 4a
281. tent items that belong to the workflow group Request Status Duration Users Actions ID 9 Started 13 02 06 Requester leahwriter leahwriter Tih Type Content at 10 06 AM Publisher Leah_SystemAdmin Dent clei Title test Version 1 Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 191 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Updated By Shane Kelly 6 3 Verdi Advanced Workflow This is a similar process to default workflow with much more flexibility Verdi Advanced Workflow is the process through which Content Editors can request that their content be approved by Content Publishers using a pre designed workflow process rather than just a single Publisher as in Verdi Default Workflow 6 3 1 Overview Approving individual content items with advanced workflow To get a single item of content approved first a content editor must select for their content to be processed by one of arrange of available Advanced Workflow Processes which in turn performs a series of activities see below to decide if the content is approved or denied for publishing Each Advanced Workflow process can be designed to be simple or complex and similar to other workflows or completely different but will always comprise of three main steps 1 An input the content item to be processed 2 A process the design of the workflow itself defining a flow of activities Each act
282. tent items with default workflow Workflow Groups are used to speed up the workflow approval process when requesting approval for multiple pieces of content All content within the workflow group will be considered as one item for the workflow process and can only be approved as a group Content Editor creates or edits a content item Content Editor adds content item to a workflow group Content Editor goes back to step 1 until all content is created updated and added to the group Content Editor requests approval of workflow group Content Editor chooses one or more publishers to request approval from Content Publisher receives the request Content Publisher can review the content group and each content item within Content Publisher can approve the content group to be published D ED area cle a a Assigning a Content Item to a Workflow Group Content Editor creates or edits a content item e g in this example a new content item has been created and saved and is therefore Version 1 not Approved Egi Version 1 Not Approved Content Editor adds content item to a workflow group He Version 1 Not Approved 1 Select the Workflow Group icon 2 The Add Content to the selected Workflow Group will load Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 186 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E
283. the Content on the Page External URL No This is a file format default v HardCopy Only No Files will be available as part ofthe website default v File Extension s Extensions should be comma seperated with no preceeding For example doc tt txt without the quotes Save Cancel 4 MultiFile Support Allows multiple files of the same type to be uploaded at one time when adding content to a Content Pool Item 5 Icon Click on the Select Existing Icon link to choose an existing icon or use the Browse button to choose an icon from your local or network drive This icon is displayed together with the content pool item title on the public site 6 Display Inline Allows the file type to be embedded into HTML 7 Embed Type Select the appropriate Inline Embed type TL a a a a a S e E E S S E E E S S E S S S S S S S S S S B S S E S S S S S S S S S S S S B S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S SS S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S SS S S E S S S S S S S S S S S S S S SS S S S S S S SS S E SS S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S N E E N S E N S m O a m m a m m m m m m s e m m a m as m m as a e ae ml Currently Verdi supports the following content formats which can be embedded into HTML Images gif and jpeg Flash lpix Quicktime 8 External URL Switches on the ability for users to add an external URL redirect to a content pool item 9 Hard Copy Only Switches the ability
284. this content item may be reached as in the above example by a denial at any stage of the workflow Alternatively all the workflow activities may be exhausted and the system can determine that the content item is approved or denied at that stage Therefore the workflow item will be removed from all Workflow tasks lists and the original content item version will now be marked as Approved Denied Content Editor receives email notification of the approval or denial The Content Editor who first requested approval will be notified by email and will be able to review the notes pertaining to their request to determine what changes if any are required to update their content and try again e g If the original content editor selects the content item from the email notification they receive or through Verdi admin and clicks the Version control tab they can see which versions of their content were approved or denied Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 202 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Furthermore they can click edit next to each version which will display the information for that version in all the relevant tabs including the notes tab General Advanced Files Contacts Permissians Locations Custom Fields Previeyy Status Yersions Version Title Oo th amp hI mS me fe f
285. tle 2 Insert any Custom Head Code to insert HTML code within the lt head gt lt head gt tags of the page or choose to Inherit the Custom Head Code from the parent by clicking in the tick box 3 Insert any Custom Footer Code to insert HTML code before the lt body gt tag of the page or choose to Inherit the Custom Footer Code from the parent by clicking in the tick box 4 Click save Stylesheets 1 Using the Style Option drop down menu select an appropriate stylesheet for the homepage The chosen stylesheet will determine the type of layout look and feel of the page eH 1 Dh et ct tS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS Se wl Selecting a Custom Stylesheet 1 From the Style Option drop down select Custom and click on the Save button Stylesheets Stile Option Custom Ensure you click Save below afer updating this option save 2 Select the desired stylesheet from the Existing CSS drop down and click Add to this Tier Element button to add the stylesheet Stylesheets Stie Option Custom Ensure you click Save below afler updating this aptian Custom Styles Existing CSS Print Style Normal Sile Sheet Administration 3 The selected stylesheet will be added to the current tier element Removing a Custom Stylesheet 1 To remove a custom stylesheet select the tier element that has a custom stylesheet set for it 2 Click on the Advanced Tab Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Re
286. to All Content 1 Click on the All Content tab IP Types Users Other Category Content Format Content for Categories Structure Call Content gt 2 Click on the New button Custom Fields for All Content Add a Custom Field for All Content Name Type Text va Default value Size Required Yes x Description Interface Type Text Ea Interface Order 1 i Display in Public O Include in Search C Save Cancel 3 Enter a Name for the field 4 Choose a Type for the field This is a validation for the field and will check if the input into the field matches the restriction chosen Options Include Text Number Checks if the user input into the field is a number Email Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid email address format Document Allows for a document upload Image Allows for an image upload Date Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid date format Date Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour date format Time 24 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 24 hour time format Date Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour date format Time 12 hour Checks if the user input into the field is in a valid 12 hour time format URL the user input into the field is in a valid website address format Section Title Document Verdi C
287. to manage content formats with Verdi They also help public users when searching for content items on the public site Why use content categories Content Categories are used to define the different tyoes of content that can be added to your site You can restrict the list of Formats for Content that is allowed per Category for example you can create a Category called Documents that only allows the Formats Word Document and PDF 10 1 Adding a New Content Category To add a new content category 1 Click on the Content Categories link from within the Advanced section E Advanced Custom Fields Administration B Site Variables Administration Domains Administration Reports Content Formats Interaction Point Types Meta Keywords Dictionary 2 Click on the Add a new Category link D Content Categories Administration Content Categories are used define the different types of content that can be added to your site You can restrict the list of Formats for Content that is allowed per Category for example you can create a Category called Documents that only allows the Formats yord Document and PDF Category Tree Oa Add a new categor ee eee eee 3 Enter a Content Category Name of your choice Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 241 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO f
288. tor User Guide for further reference Click the Save button to save the Teaser Teaser Display Locations can be added at the bottom of the page To add a Teaser Location click the Add a teaser location link Teaser Locations Add a teaser location w Location Options Shire of Esperance edit del The page will display the Add Display Location form Page Homepages Please Select a Homepage Tier 1 No sub pages Available Tier 2 Select Parent First Tier 3 Select Parent First Order Select a page first This will not take affect if you hawe Events displaying on the site in alphabetical order Full event Display Shire of Esperance l Events hl Location A full event display location must be selected for an event teaser to display This is the location the user will be taken to when viewing the full event after they click an the teaser Use the Display Tier drop down menu to select an appropriate location on the website for the event teaser to be displayed Select a display order and the location of the full event Click the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 128 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 4 3 8 Adding Documents to the Event 1 Editthe required event and select the Documents tab General Teaser CBocuments gt
289. u want all versions of the document returning in the search 6 Click the Search button to search for the content item 7 From the results click Edit on the desired content pool item and make any required changes Results Title Version Date Modified Content 1 10 02 2006 2 33 00 P Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 75 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 6 2 Searching for and Editing Content Using the Site Structure 1 Click on the Site Structure option on the left navigation T Site Structure Refresh D Add Homepage Add Page to all Homepages E c Homepage O Style Sheet Administration O Templates Administration D Content E Features E Advanced D Users Using the side navigation drill down until you find the homepage or tier you suspect that the content pool item is associated to Site Structure i Refresh amp Add Homepage Add Page to all Homepages Ss amp Homepage i Content Add Page to this Tier 419 Content Add New Content E Copyright content Click on the sign next to the Content menu option Content Pool Items that have been assigned to the homepage or tier are listed within the Content menu Click on the Content Pool Item you would like to edit 2 Note The Content Pool Item form will load Se
290. ublic Access to this Iter Add Permission User Permission ll Add Existing Permissions IP Address Parinissions No SF Actress Pennisaions oec ied User Permissions fio User Pennssions snecwed Group Permissions No Group Parnigsions spechied 3 Click on the Deny Public Access to this Item link Microsoft Internet Explorer xX j re vou sure vou want bo deny public access to this Item Cancel 4 Click on the OK button to confirm or click on the Cancel button to stop the restriction 5 If OK is selected the permissions page will show that all IP Addresses are blocked from access to the page see below Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 89 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO Existing Permissions IP Address Permissions IP Address Type Remove SOE Deny mj Remove All Checked Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 90 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 14 Adding a Display Location to a Content Pool Item 1 Edit the required Content Pool Item and click on the Locations tab on the top navigation bar Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions 2 Youcan add a new location two ways here Click on the a New Tier Locat
291. ved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO en ee eee eee I T e ll 2 Scroll down to the Custom Fields section Custom Fields Ato Z Listings iv A Z Listing Check4he box to allow this page to be displayed inthe Ato Z Module wherever the dule appears throughout the public site Ato Z Listing Letts Choose the letter s that you wish this page to be listed under on all A to Z Modules wherever the module appears throughout the public site Ato Z Listing Read all about Verdi CMS Description The description for this page that will only appear next to each A to Z list tem on the 4 to Z Module wherever the module appears throughout the public site o Select the A Z Listings checkbox which enables disables this page from appearing as a list entry in the A to Z module o Select the letters you wish this page to appear under in the A to Z Listing module 2 Note hold the ctrl key to select more than one letter for this item to appear under I I SSS ee ee ee J o Enter a description for the page This description will only appear next to the link entry in the A Z Listing page and is different from the main description of this page 3 Click the Save button This page will now become an entry in the A to Z Listing module wherever it has been used within your site If you chose for this page to be listed under separate letters then it will be the relevant number of
292. wable Can only view structure pages the user the site structure pages has permissions to the user has permissions to Content Administrator Permissions to view Permissions to view Site Structure and Content Administration Content Administration content pool items and Features menu Site Structure and disabled Can only edit Features menu Site the content pool items Structure and content the user has permissions pool items disabled in left to hand menu O O Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 20 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 1 5 2 Content publishing Workflows amp Approval Processes Using administration user roles and activities Verdi provides workflow and approval processes for publishing content live to the public site Verdi provides a default Workflow based on two roles Content Administrators and Content Publishers This section describes the general principles of a workflow and default Workflow in particular An additional Advanced Workflow Module is also available for Verdi which allows the publishing of content to be managed under a workflow process rather than a simple one step process please see Content Approvals and Workflows for more details Content Administrator roles can only add and modify content pool items they require a user who has the permission to publish content to approve th
293. xternal website address in the URL text box 8 Note The URL must be in the following format http www websiteaddress com 5 Use the Display Order drop down menu to select the position in the list for the link 6 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 63 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 2 21 Editing Homepage and Tier Related Links 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Links tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Click on the related link that you want to edit 3 Make any required changes to the link Add Related Link Description jibe Viebsite URL nnp Jerina ibt com au Display Order 1 4 Click on the Save button to finish 2 22 Deleting Single Homepage and Page Related Links 1 Edit the required tier and click on the Links tab on the top navigation bar Contacts Links gt Pop Up Settings Redirection General Template Settings Advanced Permissions Status 2 Select the links that you want to remove by ticking the remove checkbox Related Links Retr 1 IBC Website Remove All Checked 3 Click on the Remove All Checked button to confirm deletion amp Related Links Remove 1 IBC Website i Remove All Checked Document
294. y Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 16 Deleting a Single Display Location for a Content Pool Item 1 Edit the required Content Pool Item and click on the Locations tab on the top navigation bar Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions 2 Click on the Delete option for the display location you would like to remove Tier Locations Page Name Option Tier edit delete Add Location 3 Click on the OK button to confirm or click on the Cancel button to stop the deletion Microsoft internet Explores uC Ore j Are you sure you want to delebe this location Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 94 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 17 Editing a Content Pool Items Content Folder 1 Edit the required Content Pool Item and click on the Locations tab on the top navigation bar Preview Status Version Control General Advanced Files Contacts Permissions 2 The current folder location will be set to the Default Folder by default content Folder Folder Location All Content Folders available Sy Default Content Documents C Public Site Content membership folder C Public Website Training Content Test 4 g Test 2 Save Folder Selection 3 To change the folder click on the desired folder and click the Save Folder
295. y be the same 7 Select Yes Can be displayed on site from the Enabled drop down list 8 The WYSIWYG area is displayed 9 scroll down to the Document Metadata section Document Meta Data Author Owner Publisher Creation Date Please enter a date in the format YY YMMDD eg 20040714 for the 14th of July 2004 Save 10 Enter the authors name in the Author text box 11 Enter your full name in the Owner text boxes 12 Enter the publishers name in the Publisher text box 8 Note The details that you enter into the Author Owner and Publishers can all be your name However depending on your user privileges you may not be able to make the content live on 13 Click on the Save button to finish You have now created a Content Pool Item The next stage is to add content to the Content Pool Item Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 67 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 3 2 Adding Content Using the WYSIWYG Editor What does WYSIWYG stand for WYSIWYG stands for What You See Is What You Get Verdi incorporates a WYSIWYG Rich Text Editor which allows you write your content in an editor that is similar to using MS Word The WYSIWYG editor generates HTML markup but displays the formatting of the content in the administration area while you create it What is Inline Content Inline con
296. y unapproved and is not shown on the public website until the content is approved at point 6 below Content Editor requests approval for the content item Content Editor chooses one or more advanced workflow processes to send the request to Content Editor chooses one or more advanced workflow users to send the request to Selected Advanced Workflow Process performs the following steps for each workflow activity a Workflow user s receive an email notification to request them to review content b Workflow user s can review the content item c Workflow user can choose to accept responsibility for approving denying the content item d Workflow user s can either approve or deny that it be published 6 Selected Advanced Workflow Process finally approves or denies content item 7 Content Editor receives email notification of the approval or denial Oe Nome Content Editor creates or edits a content item e g in this example a new content item has been created and saved and is therefore Version 1 not Approved Egi Version 1 Not Approved y Content Editor requests approval for the content item by selecting the icon to Request Workflow Approval wee Ue Version 1 Not Approved Request Workflow Approval Content Editor chooses one or more workflow processes to send the request to The Select the Process you wish to follow screen will be displayed as below U
297. y vVorkflow Started 06 0508 a Type Content Actnaityh Review and Approve Levelt at 09 57 PM Tithe test content folder Version 4 An additional feature exists to allow workflow users to read any notes that previous workflow users or the initial content editor has added Just click the pencil icon and a notes panel will display Also if you yourself added any of the notes then you will be able to edit them here ID 234 Process Notify VVorkflow Started 06 05 08 a qa Type Content Actnathe Review and Approve Levelt at 09 52 PM Tithe Meil content abbrey Version 23 Type Username Date Comment Fd admin OBOS 2008 request Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 198 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 6 3 2 1 3 Workflow user can choose to accept responsibility for approving denying the content item After reading any notes and reviewing the content you can then choose to accept responsibility for approving or denying the content item by clicking the accept icon ID 237 Process Notify VVorkflow Started o6 0510 h a La Type Content Activity Review and Approve Levelt at 09 57 PM Tithe test content folder Version 4 The Accept workflow activity work item form will then display allowing you to add notes before you accept the item Add some notes then click Accept Accept workflow activity work item
298. you would like to allow or deny the user to do Select Allow and from the Role drop down choose one of the roles available e g Site Administrator Assign Admin Permission Here you can either allow or deny a Role or particular Activity ifa tier or content item is not specified the permission applies to all relevant items Action Deny vi Role C Activity a Select the Action type Allow This will allow the user to access content within the role or activities ii Deny This will deny the user from accessing content within the role or activities b Using the radio button select either a Role or Activity and then select from the drop down field ROLE Each role is delegated a set of activities which act as permissions to what functions they can access within their Verdi administration area See figure below Role options include System Administrator Site Administrator Content Publisher Structure Administrator Content Administrator Alternatively you can select from the Activity drop down to choose an action for the user ACTIVITY Activity options include a Configure and administer entire Verdi System b Administrate the site not advanced configuration c Add and modify content items and assign to structure d Administrate Content Pool Folders e Approve and publish content Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 212 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version
299. ype Role Activity For Actions Allow Structure Administrator Edit Delete Public Permissions No Public permissions assigned 4 Make any required changes 5 Click on the Save button to finish Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 224 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO 7 11 Deleting a User There are two ways you can delete a user Method 1 1 Click on the Username for the user you would like to delete D Users c Ag Everyone a Odd a new group so oe odd a new user IBC ne 4dd 4 new group n di ddd a new user A Woods Keith keith A Smith Ben bsmith es A Norris Jasonf jason a A Kerford James jamesk A Dunkley Ellentellen O PM Roles amp Activities 2 Click on the Delete button to delete the user from the administration Femissions Method 2 1 Click on the Everyone link within the Users menu Site Structure D Content E Features BM Advanced M Users la mes O PM Roles amp Activities 2 Click on the Delete link next to the user you require to delete Document Verdi CMS Version 3 2 User Guide v1 Page 225 Date October 2014 IBC Digital 2014 All Rights Reserved Version 2 0 Updated By Shane Kelly Commercial in Confidence E amp EO User ID keith bsmith jason DBUserlD 4 kel ellen jamesk admin editor leah training custom2

Verdi CMS Version 3.2 - User Guide v1

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents